US20050118500A1 - Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method - Google Patents

Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050118500A1
US20050118500A1 US10/981,990 US98199004A US2005118500A1 US 20050118500 A1 US20050118500 A1 US 20050118500A1 US 98199004 A US98199004 A US 98199004A US 2005118500 A1 US2005118500 A1 US 2005118500A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
electrode
battery
thickness
separator
graphite
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/981,990
Inventor
Shizukuni Yata
Haruo Kikuta
Hajime Kinoshita
Hiroyuki Tajiri
Shiro Kato
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Publication of US20050118500A1 publication Critical patent/US20050118500A1/en
Priority to US11/486,672 priority Critical patent/US7642001B2/en
Priority to US11/504,362 priority patent/US8110303B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/42Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance of secondary cells or secondary half-cells
    • H01M10/48Accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing or indicating the condition of cells, e.g. the level or density of the electrolyte
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/13Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
    • H01M4/131Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/04Construction or manufacture in general
    • H01M10/0413Large-sized flat cells or batteries for motive or stationary systems with plate-like electrodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/04Construction or manufacture in general
    • H01M10/0436Small-sized flat cells or batteries for portable equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/04Construction or manufacture in general
    • H01M10/0468Compression means for stacks of electrodes and separators
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/05Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
    • H01M10/052Li-accumulators
    • H01M10/0525Rocking-chair batteries, i.e. batteries with lithium insertion or intercalation in both electrodes; Lithium-ion batteries
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/05Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
    • H01M10/058Construction or manufacture
    • H01M10/0585Construction or manufacture of accumulators having only flat construction elements, i.e. flat positive electrodes, flat negative electrodes and flat separators
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/42Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance of secondary cells or secondary half-cells
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/42Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance of secondary cells or secondary half-cells
    • H01M10/48Accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing or indicating the condition of cells, e.g. the level or density of the electrolyte
    • H01M10/486Accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing or indicating the condition of cells, e.g. the level or density of the electrolyte for measuring temperature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/60Heating or cooling; Temperature control
    • H01M10/61Types of temperature control
    • H01M10/613Cooling or keeping cold
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/60Heating or cooling; Temperature control
    • H01M10/62Heating or cooling; Temperature control specially adapted for specific applications
    • H01M10/625Vehicles
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/60Heating or cooling; Temperature control
    • H01M10/64Heating or cooling; Temperature control characterised by the shape of the cells
    • H01M10/647Prismatic or flat cells, e.g. pouch cells
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/13Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
    • H01M4/133Electrodes based on carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/36Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
    • H01M4/48Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
    • H01M4/50Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese
    • H01M4/505Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing manganese for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiMn2O4 or LiMn2OxFy
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/36Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
    • H01M4/58Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy; of polyanionic structures, e.g. phosphates, silicates or borates
    • H01M4/583Carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/36Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
    • H01M4/58Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy; of polyanionic structures, e.g. phosphates, silicates or borates
    • H01M4/583Carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx
    • H01M4/587Carbonaceous material, e.g. graphite-intercalation compounds or CFx for inserting or intercalating light metals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/10Primary casings, jackets or wrappings of a single cell or a single battery
    • H01M50/102Primary casings, jackets or wrappings of a single cell or a single battery characterised by their shape or physical structure
    • H01M50/103Primary casings, jackets or wrappings of a single cell or a single battery characterised by their shape or physical structure prismatic or rectangular
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/40Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
    • H01M50/409Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by the material
    • H01M50/411Organic material
    • H01M50/414Synthetic resins, e.g. thermoplastics or thermosetting resins
    • H01M50/417Polyolefins
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/40Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
    • H01M50/409Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by the material
    • H01M50/449Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by the material having a layered structure
    • H01M50/454Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by the material having a layered structure comprising a non-fibrous layer and a fibrous layer superimposed on one another
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/40Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
    • H01M50/489Separators, membranes, diaphragms or spacing elements inside the cells, characterised by their physical properties, e.g. swelling degree, hydrophilicity or shut down properties
    • H01M50/491Porosity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M2004/021Physical characteristics, e.g. porosity, surface area
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00Electrodes
    • H01M4/02Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M2004/026Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
    • H01M2004/027Negative electrodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/40Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
    • H01M50/409Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by the material
    • H01M50/44Fibrous material
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/40Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
    • H01M50/46Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by their combination with electrodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/50Current conducting connections for cells or batteries
    • H01M50/543Terminals
    • H01M50/547Terminals characterised by the disposition of the terminals on the cells
    • H01M50/55Terminals characterised by the disposition of the terminals on the cells on the same side of the cell
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/50Current conducting connections for cells or batteries
    • H01M50/543Terminals
    • H01M50/562Terminals characterised by the material
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/50Current conducting connections for cells or batteries
    • H01M50/543Terminals
    • H01M50/564Terminals characterised by their manufacturing process
    • H01M50/566Terminals characterised by their manufacturing process by welding, soldering or brazing
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10Energy storage using batteries
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P70/00Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
    • Y02P70/50Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method, particularly to a non-aqueous secondary battery preferably used for a energy storage system and its control method.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 6-86463 discloses a total system constituted by combining a power supply from a power station, gas co-generation system, a fuel cell, and a storage battery as a system capable of supplying energy to energy consumers under an optimum condition.
  • a secondary battery used for the above energy storage system must be a large scale battery having a large capacity unlike a small secondary battery for a portable devise having an energy capacity of 10 Wh or smaller. Therefore, the above energy storage system is normally used as a battery system constituted by stacking a plurality of secondary batteries in series and having a voltage of 50 to 400 V and in most cases, the system uses a lead-acid battery.
  • a nickel-hydrogen battery and a lithium secondary battery are developed as new batteries in order to correspond to the needs for a small size and a large capacity and therefore, a battery having a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more is marketed.
  • a lithium ion battery has a possibility of a volume energy density exceeding 350 Wh/l and is superior to a lithium secondary battery using metal lithium as a negative electrode in reliabilities such as safety and cycle characteristic, the market of the battery has been remarkably expanded.
  • the energy capacity of the large lithium ion battery approximately ranges between 100 Wh and 400 Wh and the volume energy density of the battery ranges between 200 and 300 Wh/l, which reaches the level of a small secondary battery for a portable devise.
  • Typical shapes of the battery include a cylindrical shape having a diameter of 50 to 70 mm and a length of 250 to 450 mm and a prismatic shape such as an angular box shape or a boxed shape with rounded edges having a thickness of 35 to 50 mm.
  • a thin lithium secondary battery the following are disclosed: a film battery using a film obtained by laminating a metal and a plastic for a thin case and having a thickness of 1 mm or less (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1993-159757 and 1995-57788) and a small prismatic battery having a thickness of 2 to 15 mm (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1996-195204, 1996-138727, and 1997-213286). Purposes of these lithium secondary batteries correspond to decrease of a portable devise in size and thickness. For example, a thin battery which has a thickness of several millimeters and an area of approx.
  • JIS size A4 and which can be stored on the bottom of a portable personal computer is also disclosed (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1993-283105).
  • the thin battery has an energy capacity of 10 Wh or smaller that is too small as a secondary battery for a energy storage system.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1982-208079 and 1988-24555 propose the use of graphite as a negative-electrode material for a lithium secondary battery which is superior in flexibility and on which mossy lithium is not deposited even in the case of repetition of a charge-discharge cycle. Because graphite has a special layer structure and a property of forming an inter-calation compound, it is practically used as an electrode material for a secondary battery using the property. Moreover, various types of carbon having a low crystallinity such as carbon having a disordered layer obtained by thermally decomposing hydrocarbon in a gaseous phase and a selective orientation property are disclosed in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1988-24555 as materials in each of which an electrolyte is not easily decomposed.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1992-368778 shows that it is possible to prevent carbon from being broken by forming a double structure in which a carbon particle having a high crystallinity is covered with carbon having a low crystallinity.
  • carbon prepared by the above method it is theoretically possible to obtain an electrode superior in potential smoothness and having a large capacity by preventing decomposition of an electrolyte.
  • an electrode having a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m for a cylindrical battery by applying an active material onto copper foil was not increased because the electrode density was not easily raised. More specifically, it is difficult to raise the electrode density. If setting the electrode density to 1.20 g/cm 3 or more through pressure compression, a high volume capacity of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more of the negative electrode cannot be resultantly obtained because the double-structure active material particles are broken.
  • a large lithium secondary battery energy capacity of 30 Wh or larger
  • a high energy density can be obtained.
  • a cylindrical or prismatic battery is constituted which has a diameter or a thickness three times larger than those of a small battery for a portable devise.
  • heat is easily stored in the battery due to Joule heat caused by the internal resistance of the battery in charging or discharging or internal heat of the battery due to change of the entropy of the active material due to insertion or detachment of lithium ions. Therefore, the difference between the temperature of the inner portion of the battery and the temperature nearby the surface of the battery increases and thereby, internal resistances differ.
  • a utilization factor of graphite-based particles used for a negative electrode it is desirable to set a utilization factor of graphite-based particles used for a negative electrode to a value as high as possible.
  • electrodeposition of lithium metal on a negative electrode increases and heat produced due to a reaction of an electrolyte at approximately 150 degree in Celsius increases.
  • a negative electrode having a higher capacity is requested in order to improve the energy density and safety of the battery.
  • a separator having a thickness of 0.02 to 0.05 mm referred to as a micro-porous film made of polypropylene or polyethylene used for a commercially available lithium-ion secondary battery is a typical separator for the above lithium battery and it is locally attempted to use non-woven fabric of the above material for a separator.
  • the front and back surface areas of the battery increase as the thickness of the battery decreases, and holding force to be incurred on the surfaces of the electrodes in the battery decreases.
  • the above phenomenon is contemplatable.
  • the front and back surface areas of the battery reach a very large value of 600 cm 2 (either side).
  • positive and negative electrodes and a separator for separating the electrodes from each other are layered.
  • a positive electrode made of metal oxide such as LiCoO 2 a positive electrode made of metal oxide such as LiCoO 2
  • a negative electrode made of carbon such as graphite, which can be doped and undoped with lithium
  • a separator referred to as micro-porous film made of polypropylene, polyethylene or the like and having a thickness of 0.02 to 0.05 mm are different from each other in dimension.
  • the negative electrode is designed so that it is slightly larger than the positive electrode to prevent electrodeposition of lithium metal on the negative electrode and to prevent fluctuation of the products even if faced positive and negative electrodes are slightly shifted from each other when a battery is assembled.
  • the separator is designed so that it is larger than the positive and negative electrodes in order to prevent a short circuit.
  • aqueous secondary battery such as a lead-acid battery or nickel-cadmium battery or the like
  • a plurality of single cells are connected in series to constitute a module and a plurality of modules are connected in series to constitute an assembly of batteries, in many cases.
  • charge and discharge operations are generally controlled per modules.
  • the charge and discharge states and the deterioration level of a battery are determined, and charge and discharge are controlled in accordance with the determined results, in many cases.
  • a lithium ion battery Even a commercially available small secondary battery is generally controlled on cell by cell basis in a serial module (a module formed by serial connection of two cells or more). This is because a lithium ion battery has a large weak point in overcharge and overdischarge. For example, the safety of a cell become unsecured only by an overcharge state of several tens of mV, and overcharge or overdischarge fatally deteriorates a cycle life.
  • a lithium ion battery for a energy storage system is also controlled on cell by cell basis.
  • the single-cell control is the most advanced art among the battery control methods currently disclosed and is partly introduced into aqueous batteries for an energy storage system.
  • the capacity, volume, and electrode area for each single cell are ten times or more as large as those of a small battery for a portable devise and the fluctuation of operational characteristics in a single cell, which is not a large problem for a small secondary battery, reaches a level which cannot be ignored.
  • the fluctuation of operational characteristics in a single cell is large and greatly influences the safety and reliability similarly to the fluctuation of operational characteristics between single cells of a small lithium ion battery.
  • the present invention provides a flat non-aqueous secondary battery comprising positive and negative electrodes and a non-aqueous electrolyte containing lithium salt and having an energy capacity of 30 Wh/h or larger and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or higher. It is preferable that this secondary battery is flat and has a thickness of less than 12 mm.
  • positive- and negative-electrode active materials are not limited. However, it is preferable to apply A-, B-, and C-type negative electrodes having the following structures. Particularly, when using manganese oxide compound such as lithium manganese oxide or the like as a positive-electrode active material, the above negative electrodes have a high effect as described below.
  • Negative electrode formed by using graphite having an average particle diameter of 1 to 50 ⁇ m as active-material particles, a resin as a binder, and a metal as a current collector and haying a porosity of 20 to 35%, an electrode density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm 3 , and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or higher.
  • Negative electrode comprising as active material double-structure graphite particles formed with graphite-based particles and amorphous carbon layers covering the surface of the graphite-based particles, the graphite-based particles having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of not more than 0.34 nm as measured by X-ray wide-angle diffraction method, the amorphous carbon layers having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of 0.34 nm or larger.
  • Negative electrode comprising as active material a carbon material manufactured by mixing at least one of artificial graphite and natural graphite with a carbon material having volatile components on the surface and/or in the inside and heat treatment of the mixture.
  • A- or B-type separator or a separator capable of positioning an electrode unit having the following structure respectively.
  • a separator in which when a pressure of 2.5 kg/cm 2 is applied to the direction of thickness of the separator, the thickness A of the separator is not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm and the porosity of the separator is 40% or higher, and when the absolute value of a change rate of the thickness (mm) of the separator relative to the pressure (kg/cm 2 ) applied to the direction of thickness of the separator is defined as B (mm/(kg/cm 2 )), the pressure F which renders B/A 1 is not less than 0.05 kg/cm 2 and not more than 1 kg/cm 2 .
  • a separator bonded with a positive and/or negative electrode.
  • a secondary-battery operation control method comprising the steps of measuring operational parameters of at different portions of the battery and controlling operations of the battery based on the results of the measurement.
  • a secondary battery for a energy storage system comprising positive and negative terminals for charge and discharge provided on the battery case and operation-parameter measuring electrodes extending from different portions of the battery to the outside of the battery case for measurement of the operation parameters in the battery.
  • FIG. 1 shows a top view and a side view of a non-aqueous secondary battery of an embodiment of the present invention, which is used for a energy storage system;
  • FIG. 2 shows a side view of stacked electrodes to be stored in the battery shown in FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a manufacturing method of a conventional small prismatic battery
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a method for manufacturing the bottom case shown in FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates another method for manufacturing a battery case of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 shows an electrode used in an embodiment of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a graph showing results of measurement of the thickness of an A-type separator while applying a pressure in the thickness direction of the separator;
  • FIG. 8 shows a side view and a perspective view of a B-type separator
  • FIG. 9 shows a side view and a perspective view of another B-type separator
  • FIG. 10 shows a side view of stacked electrodes including a C-type separator
  • FIG. 11 shows side views of electrode units including a C-type separator
  • FIG. 12 is illustrations for explaining an electrode unit including a C-type separator
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of a secondary battery to be applied to a control method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a control system of the secondary battery shown in FIG. 13 ;
  • FIG. 15 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of an electrode of the secondary battery shown in FIG. 13 ;
  • FIG. 16 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of a secondary battery storing electrodes shown in FIG. 15 ;
  • FIG. 17 is an enlarged front view of an stacked electrodes in the secondary battery shown in FIG. 16 ;
  • FIG. 18 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of another electrode for the secondary batteries shown above;
  • FIG. 19 is an enlarged front view of stacked electrodes using the electrode shown in FIG. 18 ;
  • FIG. 20 is a top view of a secondary battery storing electrodes shown in FIG. 18 .
  • FIG. 1 shows a top view and a side view of a flat rectangular (notebook-type) non-aqueous secondary battery for a energy storage system
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of stacked electrodes to be stored in the battery shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment is provided with a battery case (battery vessel) comprising a upper case 1 and a bottom case 2 and an electrode-stacked body comprising a plurality of positive electrodes 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c and a separator 104 stored in the battery case.
  • a battery case battery vessel
  • the positive electrode 101 a and the negative electrode 101 b or the negative electrode 101 c formed at the both sides of the stacked body
  • the separator 104 positioned therebetween as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the present invention is not limited to the above arrangement. It is possible to change the number of layers correspondingly to a required capacity etc.
  • each positive electrode 101 a is electrically connected to a positive-electrode tab 3 via a positive-electrode tab 103 a and similarly, negative-electrode current collectors of the each negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are electrically connected to a negative-electrode tab 4 via a negative-electrode tab 103 b .
  • the positive-electrode tab 3 and negative-electrode tab 4 are mounted on the battery case, that is, the upper case 1 while insulated therefrom. The entire circumferences of the upper case 1 and the bottom case 2 are welded at the point A shown by the enlarged view in FIG. 1 .
  • the upper case 1 is provided with a safety vent 5 for releasing the internal pressure in the battery when the pressure rises.
  • the non-aqueous secondary battery shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 has, for example, a length of 300 mm, a width of 210 mm, and a thickness of 6 mm.
  • a lithium secondary battery using LiMn 2 O 4 for the positive electrode 101 a and graphite described below for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c has, for example, an energy capacity of 80 to 100 Wh and it can be used for a energy storage system.
  • the non-aqueous secondary battery constituted as described above can be used for a household energy storage system (for nighttime power storage, co-generation, photovoltaic power generation, or the like) and a energy storage system of an electric vehicle or the like and have a large capacity and a high energy density.
  • the energy capacity is preferably kept at 30 Wh or larger, more preferably kept at 50 Wh or larger, and the energy density is preferably kept at 180 Wh/l or higher, or more preferably kept at 200 Wh/l or higher.
  • the battery has an energy capacity of smaller than 30 Wh or a volume energy density of lower than 180 Wh/l, it is not preferable to use the battery for a energy storage system because the capacity is too low to be used for a energy storage system and therefore it is necessary to increase the numbers of batteries connected in series and in parallel, and moreover it is difficult to compactly design the battery.
  • the thickness of the flat non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, and still more preferably less than 8 mm.
  • 2 mm or more is practical when considering the packing efficiency of electrodes and the size of a battery (the area of the battery surface increases as the thickness thereof decreases in order to obtain the same capacity).
  • the thickness of the battery becomes 12 mm or more, it is difficult to sufficiently release the heat produced in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion and the vicinity of the surface of the battery increases and the internal resistance differs and resultantly, fluctuations of charge capacity and voltage in the battery increase.
  • a specific thickness is properly determined in accordance with the battery capacity and energy density, it is preferable to design the battery at a maximum thickness at which an expected radiation of heat is obtained.
  • the front and back surfaces of the flat non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment into various shapes such as angular shape, circular shape, and elliptic shape, etc.
  • the typical angular shape is rectangle.
  • the thickness of the cylinder corresponds the thickness of a battery described above. From the viewpoint of easiness of manufacture, it is preferable that the front and back surfaces of the flat shape battery are rectangular and the battery is the notebook type as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • a method for manufacturing a notebook-shaped battery case is described regarding a method for manufacturing a battery case comprising the upper case 1 and the bottom case 2 .
  • a household small prismatic battery is approximately 50 mm square and has a thickness of approx. 6 mm.
  • the battery case is manufactured by laser-welding a bottom case 21 (also serving as a negative terminal) and a upper case 22 .
  • the bottom case 21 is formed by deep-drawing of a thick plate.
  • the upper case 22 is provided with a safety vent and a positive terminal.
  • the bottom case 2 of the battery case is obtained by bending a thin plate having the shape shown in FIG. 4 inward along the broken line L 1 and further bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash line L 2 , thereafter welding the corner shown by A or drawing a thin plate (very shallow drawing), and welding the upper case 1 on which a terminal and a safety vent are set as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the battery case can be manufactured by bending a thin plate and welding the portion A as shown in FIG. 5 to form a structure 13 and further welding lateral lids 11 and 12 to the a structure 13 .
  • a material for a battery case such as the above thin plate is properly selected in accordance with the purpose or shape of a battery. Iron, stainless steel, or aluminum is generally and practically used though not limited specifically.
  • the thickness of a battery case is properly determined in accordance with the purpose, shape, or material of the battery case though not limited specifically.
  • the thickness of the portion of 80% or more of the surface area of a battery is 0.2 mm or more. If the above thickness is less than 0.2 mm, it is not preferable because a strength required to manufacture a battery cannot be obtained. From this point of view, a thickness of 0.3 mm or more is more preferable.
  • the thickness of the above portion is 1 mm or less.
  • a thickness of more than 1 mm is not preferable because the internal volume of the battery decreases and thereby, a sufficient capacity cannot be obtained or the weight increases. From this point of view, it is more preferable that the thickness is 0.7 mm or less.
  • the thickness of a non-aqueous secondary battery is less than 12 mm, when the battery has a large capacity of e.g. 30 Wh or more and a high energy density of e.g. 180 Wh/l, rise of the battery temperature is small even under high-rate charge/discharge and the battery can have a superior heat radiation characteristic. Therefore, heat storage of the battery due to internal heat is reduced, and resultantly it is possible to prevent thermal runaway of a battery and provide a non-aqueous secondary battery superior in reliability and safety.
  • a positive-electrode active material of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention is not limited as long as the material is a positive-electrode material for lithium batteries. It is possible to use one of lithium-containing cobalt-based oxides, lithium-containing nickel-based oxides, and lithium-containing manganese-based oxides, or a mixture of these substances, or moreover a compound material obtained by adding at least one different-type metal element to these compound oxides. These materials are preferably used to realize a high-voltage large-capacity battery. From the view point of safety, it is preferable to use manganese oxide having a high thermal-decomposition temperature.
  • lithium-containing manganese oxides such as LiMn 2 O 4
  • a compound material obtained by adding at least one different-type metal element to these compound oxides LiMn 2 O 4 containing lithium and oxygen more than the theoretical ratio.
  • a negative-electrode active material of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention is not limited as long as the material is a negative-electrode material for lithium batteries.
  • a material that can be doped or undoped with lithium is preferable because reliability such as safety or cycle life is improved.
  • materials which can be doped or undoped with lithium the following can be used: graphite materials, carbon-based material, metal oxide such as tin-oxide-based material or silicon-oxide-based material which are used as negative-electrode materials of publicly-known lithium ion batteries, and an electrically conducting polymer represented by a polyacenic semiconductors.
  • the electrolyte of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention it is possible to use a non-aqueous electrolyte containing publicly-known lithium salt and the electrolyte is properly selected in accordance with the condition such as the sort of a positive-electrode material or negative-electrode material or charge voltage.
  • a material which is obtained by dissolving lithium salt such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , or LiClO 4 in one of propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, methyl ethyl carbonate, dimethoxyethane, g-butyrolactone, methyl acetate, and methyl formate, or an organic solvent such as a mixed solvent of two types of these substances or more. Further, it is possible to use a gel or solid electrolyte.
  • lithium salt such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , or LiClO 4
  • the concentration of an electrolyte is not limited, 0.5 mol/l to 2 mol/I are generally practical. It is preferable to use the electrolyte having a moisture of 100 ppm or less.
  • non-aqueous electrolyte denotes either of non-aqueous electrolyte or organic electrolyte, and either of gel or solid electrolyte.
  • Embodiments of a secondary battery flat non-aqueous secondary battery having an energy capacity of 30 Wh or more and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more and a thickness of less than 12 mm) of the present invention are shown and further specifically described below.
  • a secondary battery of an embodiment of the present invention was constituted as described below.
  • a mixture slurry for a positive-electrode was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • the slurry was applied to the both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m and dried and then, pressed to obtain a positive electrode.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode ( 101 ) is 268 ⁇ 178 mm2 and slurry is applied to the both sides of a 20 ⁇ m aluminum foil ( 102 ) at a thickness of 120 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t is 260 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W 2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 103 (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • a mixture slurry for a negative-electrode was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB: made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 6 28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • the slurry was applied to the both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m and dried, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode ( 101 ) is 270 ⁇ 180 mm2 and the slurry is applied to both sides of the copper foil ( 102 ) at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t is 174 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W 2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 103 (nickel having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • the slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 94 ⁇ m was formed by the same method except for the application of the slurry.
  • the single-sided electrode is positioned at the outermost side in the stacked electrodes which is described in the following Item (3) ( 101 c in FIG. 6 ).
  • the battery bottom case (designated as 2 in FIG. 1 ) was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having the shape shown in FIG. 4 and a thickness of 0.5 mm inward at the lines L 1 and outward at the lines L 2 and then arc-welding the corners A.
  • the upper case (designated as 1 in FIG. 1 ) of the battery case was also formed with a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • Terminals 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) made of SUS304 and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) are formed on the upper case 1 .
  • the terminals 3 and 4 are insulated from the upper case 1 by a packing made of polypropylene.
  • Each positive terminal 103 a of the electrode-stacked body made in the above Item (3) was welded to the tab 3 and each negative terminal 103 b was welded to the tab 4 through a connection line and then, the electrode-stacked body was set to the battery bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the overall circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1 . Thereafter, a solution was made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1. The solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the hole was closed with aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • the formed battery had a size of 300 ⁇ 210 mm2 and a thickness of 6 mm.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 30 A.
  • the discharged capacity was 26 Ah, energy capacity was 91 Wh, and volume energy density was 240 Wh/l.
  • a battery was constituted similarly to the case of the above embodiment except for changing electrode sizes, numbers of electrodes to be stacked, and battery sizes.
  • the electrode size denotes the size of the negative electrode.
  • the size of the positive electrode is 2 mm smaller than the negative electrode size in each side.
  • the number of electrodes to be stacked denotes the number of positive electrodes.
  • the number of negative electrodes is one more than the number of positive electrodes as described for the embodiment 1-1, in which two single-side-coated electrodes are included.
  • the battery surface temperature hardly rose when the battery thickness was less than 12 mm.
  • the comparative example having a thickness of 14 mm showed a high surface-temperature rise. Therefore, it is clear that the organic-electrolyte battery of the present invention shows a small temperature rise even if the battery is quickly discharged and has a high safety.
  • lithium-containing manganese oxide used for a non-aqueous secondary battery is a positive-electrode material suitable for a large scale battery. It is reported that a high-safety battery is obtained by using the lithium manganese oxide for a positive electrode compared with lithium cobalt oxide and lithium-containing nickel oxide (Like Xie et al., Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., Vol. 393, 1995, pp. 285-304).
  • the positive-electrode material has a density and a capacity lower than those of lithium-containing cobalt-based oxide and lithium-containing nickel oxide. Therefore, to obtain a large-capacity battery, it is preferable to use A, B, or C-type negative electrodes described below and thereby improved safety is also expected.
  • the (d002) spacing of (002) planes measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method is normally 0.34 nm or less, preferably 0.3354 to 0.3380 nm, or more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3360 nm.
  • the plane spacing (d002) exceeds 0.34 nm, crystallinity lowers. Therefore, the change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions increases and the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • graphite includes mesophase-pitch-based graphite fiber, graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (hereafter referred to as graphitized MCMB), vapor-phase-epitaxial carbon fiber, and graphite whisker.
  • graphitized MCMB graphitized mesocarbon microbeads
  • vapor-phase-epitaxial carbon fiber graphite whisker.
  • the particle diameter of the above graphite is preferably 1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 40 ⁇ m, or still more preferably 5 to 35 ⁇ m. If the particle diameter is less than 1 ⁇ m, it is impossible to raise the electrode density. However, if the particle diameter exceeds 50 ⁇ m, a large capacity cannot be obtained because the graphite is broken when an electrode having a small thickness of approximately 100 ⁇ m is pressed to raise the electrode density.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained, for example, by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, applying the above graphite onto a metal member serving as a current collector, drying the metal member and pressing it if necessary.
  • a resin serving as a binder
  • a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has a high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c thus obtained and having a porosity of 20 to 35% and an electrode density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm 3 are easily impregnated with the electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more.
  • the above resin serving as a binder binds graphite particles each other and fixes active-material particles on metallic foil.
  • the binder resin the following materials can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • a binder mixing quantity in a negative electrode is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine the binder mixing quantity in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, or thickness and strength of a purposed electrode. However, it is normally preferable to set the binder mixing quantity in a range of 1 to 30% of the weight of graphite.
  • a metal for the current collector copper foil stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto.
  • materials allowing an electrode to be formed on metallic foil or between metallic materials, such as expand metal or mesh material such as expand metal or mesh material.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving graphite in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • N-methylpyrrolidone N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone.
  • the obtained slurry is applied onto copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode for the non-aqueous secondary battery, which has a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • the negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode whose capacity is hardly lowered and having a density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm 3 , preferably having a density of 1.45 to 1.65 g/cm 3 , or more preferably having a density of 1.50 to 1.65 g/cm 3 , a porosity of 20 to 35%, and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more.
  • the density and porosity are values of an electrode layer formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with the true densities of the graphite and binder resin in the electrode layers and the electrode density.
  • the capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • a graphite-based particle used for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c as a negative-electrode active material has a double structure obtained by covering the surface of a graphite particle with amorphous carbon.
  • the (d002) spacing of ( 002 ) planes of a graphite-based particle used as an active material is normally 0.34 nm or less, more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3380 nm, and still more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3360 nm as measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method.
  • the plane interval exceeds 0.34 nm, crystallinity lowers and thereby, the change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions increases and the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • the plane spacing of amorphous carbon layers coating the graphite-based particles is such that the (d002) spacing of (002) planes is 0.34 nm or more, preferably about 0.34 to 0.38 nm, more preferably about 0.34 to 0.36 nm as measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method.
  • this value is below 0.34 nm, crystallinity is too large, and thereby, charging rate lowers probably due to decomposition of electrolyte, and carbon material is broken due to increase/decrease of the plane distance with repeated charging and discharging.
  • this value exceeds 0.38 the displacement of lithium ions is restricted and thus the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • Materials for manufacturing the above graphite-based particles include cokes such as pitch coke and needle coke, polymers, and carbon fibers. By baking these materials in accordance with the conventional method at a temperature of 1,500 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius, desired graphite-based particles can be obtained.
  • Amorphous carbon for the covering layer can be obtained by covering the surface of the graphite-based particle material obtained in accordance with the above method with a liquid organic material (such as melted pitch) and baking the covering organic material at a temperature of 500 degree Celsius to 2,000 degree Celsius to carbonize it.
  • the above double-structure graphite-based particles have a high capacity per weight of 350 mAh/g and achieve a high initial efficiency of 90% or more. Therefore, it is possible to improve the battery capacity without raising the utilization ratio of a negative-electrode active material and thereby, the safety such as prevention of lithium from electrodeposition can be easily secured.
  • the diameter of a double-structure active-material particle comprising the above graphite-based particle and its covering layer is preferably 1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 40 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 5 to 35 ⁇ m.
  • the particle diameter of the double-structure body is less than 1 ⁇ m, it is impossible to improve the electrode density.
  • the particle diameter exceeds 50 ⁇ m, a large capacity cannot be obtained because a double-structure active-material particle is broken when an electrode having a small thickness of 100 ⁇ m is pressed to raise an electrode density.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, thereby applying the above double-structure active-material particles onto a metal serving as a current collector, drying them, and pressing them if necessary.
  • a resin serving as a binder
  • a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c obtained as described above and having a porosity of 20 to 35%, an electrode density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm 3 (more preferably having a porosity of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 or particularly preferably having a porosity of 1.40 to 1.60 g/cm 3 ) are easily impregnated with electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more.
  • a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more is more effective used in view of the capacity and safety of a battery as described below.
  • the above resin serving as a binder binds double-structure active-material particles each other and fixes active-material particles on the metallic foil.
  • binder resins the following materials can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
  • fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • a binder mixing quantity in a negative electrode is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine the binder mixing quantity in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, or thickness and strength of a purposed electrode. However, it is normally preferable to set the binder mixing quantity in a range of 1 to 30% of the weight of active-material particles.
  • a metal for current collector a copper foil, stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto.
  • materials allowing an electrode to be formed on a metallic foil or between metallic materials, such as expand metal or steel such as expand metal or steel.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving double-structure active-material particles in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • N-methylpyrrolidone N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone.
  • the obtained slurry is applied onto a copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode for the non-aqueous secondary battery, which has a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • a negative electrode it is necessary to prevent graphite from breaking.
  • various conditions in the pressing step Specifically, the following can be listed as these conditions: a pressing rate, tension, and roller curvature for pressing an electrode layer formed on a metallic foil by rollers, a dried state (remaining amount of solvent) of the electrode layer before pressing, and a pressing temperature.
  • a dried level (remaining amount of solvent) of an electrode layer before pressed normally at 1 to 10%, preferably at 1 to 8%, and still more preferably at 2 to 5%.
  • a certain amount of solvent remains, the solvent is present on surfaces of graphite, binder, and conductive material, which supposedly improves slippage between these materials during the pressing step and resultantly an electrode-layer density can be improved without breaking graphite material.
  • a solvent is regarded as an impurity and it has been considered that a remaining amount of the solvent should be minimized (a remaining amount of the solvent should be kept at 0.2% or less).
  • a remaining amount of the solvent should be kept at 0.2% or less.
  • negative electrode for a non-aqueous secondary battery having a high electrode density and a large capacity can be obtained compared with the case of a conventional method.
  • An electrode-layer pressing temperature is normally kept at ordinary temperature (25 degree Celsius) to 140 degree Celsius, preferably kept at ordinary temperature to 100 degree Celsius, or more preferably kept at ordinary temperature to 70 degree Celsius.
  • the negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode whose capacity is hardly lowered and having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm 3 , preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 , or more preferably having a density of 1.40 to 1.50 g/cm 3 , a porosity of 20 to 35%, and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more.
  • the density and porosity are values of an electrode formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with true densities of double-structure active-material particles and a binder resin and the electrode density in the electrode layer.
  • the capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • the negative-electrode active material used for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c can be manufactured using carbon (hereafter referred to as “coating graphite”) which is obtained by mixing at least either of artificial graphite or natural graphite with carbon having a volatile component on the surface and/or inside thereof (hereafter referred to as “volatile-component-contained carbon”) and then baking them.
  • coating graphite carbon which is obtained by mixing at least either of artificial graphite or natural graphite with carbon having a volatile component on the surface and/or inside thereof (hereafter referred to as “volatile-component-contained carbon”) and then baking them.
  • the active material thus manufactured is substantially prevented from deterioration of the charge rate probably due to decomposition of electrolyte does not substantially occur and a graphite structure is also prevented from breaking.
  • the coating graphite has a structure in which a volatile component derived from a volatile-component-contained carbon attaches at least a part of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite by baking a mixed material or covers at least a part of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite. It is presumed that the above attaching structure or covering structure is formed when the volatile component of the volatile-component-contained carbon once vaporizes and then attaches a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite or covers a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite. In other words, it is presumed that a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is covered in a gaseous phase.
  • artificial graphite and natural graphite serving as negative-electrode materials have a problem of damaging the stability of the electrolyte because they respectively have a large specific surface area though they respectively have a large capacity usable as a battery.
  • the covering thickness is very small and uniform.
  • coating graphite in a liquid phase. That is, by soaking graphite serving as a core material in liquid-phase “carbon for forming a coat”, it is possible to obtain coating graphite. Also in this case, by decreasing a ratio of [coat-forming volatile component]/[core material+coat-forming volatile component] (this ratio is hereafter referred to as “coating ratio”), it is expected that higher-capacity carbon may be obtained similarly to the case of the gaseous phase. Actually, however, forming a thin covering layer in a liquid phage is not suitable, because a problem occurs that the covering layer is separated from a core material or the covering layer is lacking in uniformity and the specific surface area of coating graphite increases.
  • volatile-component-contained carbon serving as a core material a part or the whole of which is covered with coat-forming volatile component (such as coal tar pitch), mesocarbon micro beads, carbon fiber, mesophase pitch, isotropic pitch, resin, and a mixture of these materials.
  • the volatile-component-contained carbon is preferable from the viewpoint of cost. It is preferable that the coating ratio of the volatile-component-contained carbon is 0.01 or more, it is more preferable that the ratio is 0.05 or more, or it is still more preferable that the ratio is not less than 0.05 and not more than 0.3.
  • the coating ratio of the volatile-component-contained carbon is too low, the carbon does not sufficiently cover or attach a part or the whole of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite because the amount of a volatile component to be evaporated is small when the material is baked while mixed with artificial graphite and/or natural graphite.
  • the coating ratio is too large, it is difficult to obtain a sufficient capacity because the capacity of a low-potential portion depending on a core material lowers when a battery is manufactured.
  • the amount of the “volatile component” was determined by the following: A carbon component derived from heavy oil covering the circumference of carbon serving as a core material was solvent-analyzed in accordance with the method specified in JIS K2423.
  • a quinoline component (%) was measured and then ⁇ 100-(quinoline component) ⁇ was defined as a quinoline soluble component (%).
  • the quinoline soluble component is the above “amount of coat-forming volatile component” and the above “coating ratio” can be calculated by using the amount of coat-forming volatile component and the carbon serving as a core material.
  • Volatile-component-contained carbon in which a part or the whole of carbon serving as a core material is covered with a volatile component is manufactured as described below. That is, carbon particles serving as a core material is soaked in coal-based or oil-based heavy oil such as tar or pitch preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius to separate the carbon from the heavy oil, and then an organic solvent is added to the separated carbon to clean them preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius.
  • coal-based or oil-based heavy oil such as tar or pitch preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius
  • an organic solvent is added to the separated carbon to clean them preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius.
  • a mechanical stirring method using a nauta mixer, ribbon mixer, screw-type kneader, or widely used mixer is used as a method for mixing carbon particles with heavy oil.
  • the mixing ratio between artificial graphite and/or natural graphite and volatile-component-contained carbon mainly depends on the amount of the volatile component of the carbon, it is normally 10 to 1,000 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, more preferably 10 to 300 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, still more preferably 30 to 100 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, to 100 parts by weight of the volatile-component-contained carbon.
  • the amount of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is too small, the ratio of the coating-graphite component that should serve as a higher capacity part in carbon for a battery lowers and thereby, the capacity is not sufficiently raised.
  • a mixture of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite and volatile-component-contained carbon is baked in a reducing atmosphere or inert gas flow, or a non-oxidation atmosphere such as a closed state containing an inert gas or vacuum state. Because the mixture is baked in order to cover a part or the whole of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite by evaporating a volatile component in multilayer carbon in a gaseous phase, it is more preferable to bake the mixture in an atmosphere in which the volatile component of volatile-component-contained carbon easily stays, that is, in a reducing atmosphere or inert-gas contained state.
  • Carbonization in a vacuum state has an effect of removing a surface functional group of carbon and an advantage that retention can be reduced but has a disadvantage that a volatile component is easily lost from the volatile-component-contained carbon.
  • the above mixture is baked to be carbonized normally at a temperature of about 600 degree Celsius to 2,000 degree Celsius, and more preferably at a temperature of 900 degree Celsius to 1,300 degree Celsius.
  • the above mixture is baked to be graphitized normally at a temperature of about 2,000 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius, more preferably at a temperature of about 2,500 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius.
  • An ungraphitized part may remain in a baked product depending on a mixture baking condition and the remaining ungraphitized part may slightly influence the characteristic of a negative electrode. However, this does not substantially matter.
  • a temperature-rise rate when baking a mixture from a range of 1 to 300 degree Celsius/hr at any baking temperature.
  • the baking time ranges between 6 hours and one month.
  • the particle diameter of coating graphite used as a negative-electrode active material in this embodiment is normally 1 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 40 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 5 to 35 ⁇ m.
  • the particle diameter of the coating graphite is too small, it is impossible to raise an electrode density.
  • the particle diameter is too large, a large capacity is not obtained because covering-graphite particles are broken when performing pressing to raise an electrode density in order to manufacture a thin electrode having a thickness of approximately 100 ⁇ m.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, applying the coating-graphite particles onto a metal member serving as a current collector, drying them, and pressing them if necessary.
  • a resin serving as a binder
  • a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has a high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c thus obtained and having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm 3 (more preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 ) and a porosity of 20 to 35% are easily impregnated with electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more. Use of the negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more is more effective for the battery capacity and safety described below.
  • the above resin serving as a binder binds coating-graphite particles each other and binds and fixes active-material particles onto metallic foil.
  • resins serving as binders the following can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • poly-4-ethylene fluoride fluorine rubber
  • SBR acrylic resin
  • polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • a material is preferable which is particularly soluble in organic solvents for general purposes (such as N-methylpyrrolidone, toluene, and styrene) and superior in electrolyte resistance and withstanding a high-voltage.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • PVdF polyvinylidene flu
  • a binder mixing quantity is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine a binder mixing quantity for a negative electrode in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, purposed electrode thickness, or strength of a coating-graphite particle. However, it is normally preferable to use a rate of 1 to 30% of the weight of active-material particles.
  • a metal used as a current collector a copper foil, stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto. It is possible to use a metal allowing an electrode to be formed on metallic foil or between metal materials such as expand metal or steel. Among them, copper foil having a thickness of 1 to 50 ⁇ m is more preferable because the foil allows a negative electrode to be easily manufactured in accordance with the coating method to be described later and is superior in strength and electric resistance.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving coating graphite in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • N-methylpyrrolidone N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone.
  • the obtained slurry is applied onto copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode having a thickness of 50 to 500 ⁇ m for the non-aqueous secondary battery.
  • the electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • the negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm 3 (more preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 ) and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more, but hardly lowering a capacity.
  • the density and porosity are values of an electrode layer formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with coating-graphite particles in an electrode and the true density of a binder resin, and an electrode density.
  • the capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • the above “capacity of electrode” is a capacity of an electrode defined by sufficiently doping and dedoping lithium.
  • the dedoping capacity is measured by assembling electrochemical cells using a lithium metal as an counter electrode and a reference electrode, incurring a constant voltage to the counter electrode at a potential of 1 mV vs. the lithium-metal potential in a non-aqueous electrolyte to be mentioned later, doping the lithium until a current value becomes small enough (e.g. 0.01 mA/cm 2 ), then dedoping the lithium up to 2 V relative to the lithium potential at a sufficiently slow rate (e.g. 0.25 mA/cm 2 ).
  • the capacity of electrode referred to in the present invention is obtained. Now, the description of each of the A, B, and C-type negative electrodes is completed.
  • the present invention is further specifically described below with the reference to an embodiment of each of the A, B, and C-type negative electrodes.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL, product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m and serving as a current collector, and by drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 101 was 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 128 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 276 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative-electrode slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL, product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m and serving as a current collector, and by drying and then pressing the foil. Before pressing the foil, 4.3% of NMP was left in the electrode. The electrode density was 1.58 g/cm 3 , and previous evaluation of the capacity of electrode of the electrode was 430 mAh/cm 3 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 72 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 158 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • the slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 86 ⁇ m was formed by the same method except for the application of the slurry.
  • the single-sided electrode was positioned at the outermost in the stacked electrodes described in Item (3) ( 101 c in FIG. 2 ).
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU, porous polyethylene) held between each of the layers.
  • the bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1 ) was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having the shape shown in FIG. 4 and a thickness of 0.5 mm inward along the broken lines L 1 and moreover bending the thin plate outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L 2 , thereafter arc-welding the corners A.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • a positive electrode and a negative electrode 3 and 4 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1 , and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body made in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and then, the electrode-stacked body was set to the battery bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the overall circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1 .
  • the formed battery has a size of 300 mm ⁇ 210 mm ⁇ 6 mm.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 27.5 Ah, the energy capacity was 99 Wh, and the volume energy density was 262 Wh/l.
  • a positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 2-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 at a thickness of 120 ⁇ m and the electrode thickness t was set to 260 ⁇ m.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying negative-electrode mixture slurry same as that of the embodiment 2-1 to both sides of the current collector 102 in a condition different from that of the embodiment 2-1, drying the current collector 102 , and then pressing it. Before pressing the current collector 102 , 0.2% of NMP was left on the electrode. The electrode density was 1.39 g/cm 3 and the previous evaluation of the capacity of electrode of the electrode was 372 mAh/cm 3 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 101 is 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 174 ⁇ m.
  • the only one side was coated in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 ⁇ m thickness was formed by the same method except for the single-sided coating.
  • Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 2-1.
  • An electrode was formed by the following materials: double-structure active-material particles used as a negative-electrode active material and obtained by covering the surface of graphite particles with amorphous carbon, acetylene black (trade name: DENKA BLACK; made by DENKIKAGAKU KOGYOU Co., Ltd.) used as a conductive material, and a solution used as a binder and obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) (product name: KF#1100; made by Kureha Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • negative electrodes 1 to 7 respectively having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m were formed by applying the polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) solution to copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m serving as a current collector and then, drying the foil at 80 degree Celsius for 15 min, and continuously pressing the foil by a roller press having a radius of curvature of 30 cm while making N-methylpyrrolidone remain.
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • An electrode 8 was formed similarly to the case of the electrode 1 except for using graphitized MCMB (made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 6-28).
  • Table 1 shows the diameters (mm) of the obtained double-structure active-material particles and the (d002) spacing of (002) planes of the graphite particles and its covering carbon layer measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method (unit is nm in both case).
  • Table 2 shows electrode densities, initial capacities, and remaining amount of solvent of the negative electrodes 1 to 8 .
  • Mixing ratios of electrode layers are 90 wt % of graphite particles and 10 wt % of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF).
  • TABLE 1 Graphite Double-structure particle Graphite particle Covering carbon material: No. diameter ( ⁇ m) (d002) layer (d002) 1 1 0.335 0.340 2 1 0.335 0.380 3 1 0.337 0.340 4 20 0.335 0.360 5 20 0.340 0.380 6 50 0.335 0.340 7 50 0.336 0.380
  • the negative electrodes 1 to 7 using double-structure active-material particles respectively have an electrode density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 and a capacity of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more. Therefore, they respectively have a large capacity compared with that of the electrode 8 using graphitized MCMB.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of the electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 128 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 276 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative electrode same as the above negative electrode 1 except for the coating thickness of an electrode was used. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 72 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 158 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between each of the layers as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • a bottom case 2 (refer to FIG. 1 ) of a battery was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm and having the shape shown in FIG. 4 inward along the broken lines L 1 and moreover bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L 2 , and then arc-welding the corners A.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • positive electrode and negative electrode 3 and 4 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1 and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1 .
  • the formed battery has a size of 300 mm ⁇ 210 mm ⁇ 6 mm.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 27.6 Ah
  • the energy capacity was 99 Wh
  • the volume energy density was 263 Wh/l.
  • a positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 3-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 at a thickness of 130 ⁇ m and the electrode thickness t was 280 ⁇ m.
  • a negative electrode was used which was the same as the above negative 4 except for the coating thickness of the electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 101 is 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry is applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m at a thickness of 70 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t is 154 ⁇ m.
  • T slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 84 ⁇ m was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry.
  • Other points were the same as those of the embodiment 3-1.
  • the capacity was 28.2 Ah.
  • T the energy capacity was 102 Wh and the volume energy density was 269 Wh/l.
  • a battery was formed under the same condition as the case of each of the above embodiment by using the above negative electrodes 2 , 3 , and 5 to 7 except for the negative electrodes 1 and 4 and the result same as the above was obtained.
  • a positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 3-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 and the electrode thickness t was 260 ⁇ m.
  • a negative electrode which was same as the above negative electrode 8 except for the coating thickness of the electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 174 ⁇ m.
  • a slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 ⁇ m was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry.
  • Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 3-1.
  • the capacity was 25.8 Ah.
  • the energy capacity was 93 Wh and the volume energy density was 249 Wh/l which were lower than the case of the embodiment 3-1.
  • the coating ratio of coat-forming carbon (volatile-component contained carbon) was equal to 0.068.
  • a coating layer was carbonized by mixing 100 parts by weight of artificial graphite (“KS-44” made by RONZA Co., Ltd.; the property was the same as the above mentioned) with 100 parts by weight of the pitch coating graphite and heat-treating the mixture in a nitrogen atmosphere at 1,200 degree Celsius for 1 hour (temperature rise rate of 50 degree Celsius/hour).
  • the specific surface area of the obtained coating graphite particles was 2.5 m 2 /g and the average particle diameter was 20.3 mm.
  • An electrode was formed by using the coating-graphite particles as a negative-electrode active material, acetylene black (“DENKA BLACK” made by DENKI KAGAKU KOGYO K.K.) as a conductive material, and a solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (“KF#1101” made by Kureha Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in N-methylpyrrolidone as a binder.
  • DENKA BLACK made by DENKI KAGAKU KOGYO K.K.
  • KF#1101 polyvinylidene fluoride
  • Three types of negative electrodes 1 ′ to 3 ′ respectively having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m were formed by applying the above solution to copper foil of 14 ⁇ m thickness with various thickness and then, drying it at 80 degree Celsius for 15 min, and continuously pressing it with a roller press having a radius of curvature of 30 cm.
  • a capacity test was performed in accordance with the above method by using the above negative electrodes.
  • Table 3 shows obtained electrode densities, initial capacities, and initial efficiencies.
  • a negative electrode 4 ′ was formed similarly to the case of the negative electrode 1 ′ except for using graphitized MCMB (made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL; product No. 6-28). Table 3 shows obtained electrode densities, initial capacities, and initial efficiencies. TABLE 3 Electrode Negative electrode density Initial capacity Initial efficiency No. (g/cm 3 ) (mAh/cm 3 ) (%) Negative electrode 1.35 411 91 1′ Negative electrode 1.46 441 91 2′ Negative electrode 1.54 471 90 3′ Negative electrode 1.44 365 89 4′
  • the negative electrodes 1 ′ to 3′ have electrode densities of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm 3 , and each of them has a capacity of 400 mAh/cm 3 or more, and has large capacity compared with the capacity of the negative electrode 4 ′ using graphitized MCMB.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 128 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 276 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative electrode was used which was the same as the above negative electrode 2 ′ except for the coating thickness of an electrode. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode was described by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 72 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 158 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 86 ⁇ m was formed by the same method except for the single-side application of the slurry.
  • the single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the stacked electrodes in Item (3) ( 101 c in FIG. 2 ).
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous ethylene) held between each of the electrode as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • a bottom case 2 (refer to FIG. 1 ) of a battery was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm and having the shape shown in FIG. 4 , inward along the broken lines L 1 and moreover bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L 2 , and then arc-welding the corners A.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • positive electrode and negative electrode 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1 but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1 .
  • a solution was made by dissolving LiPF 6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1, and the solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as electrolyte. The hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • the formed battery had a size of 300 mm ⁇ 210 mm ⁇ 6 mm.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 27.6 Ah
  • energy capacity was 99 Wh
  • volume energy density was 263 Wh/l.
  • a battery was formed under the same conditions as the case of the embodiment 4-1 by using negative electrodes same as the above negative electrodes 1 ′ and 3 ′ except for the coating thickness of an electrode, and the same result as the above was obtained.
  • a positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 4-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 and the electrode thickness t was 260 ⁇ m.
  • a negative electrode same as the above negative electrode 4 ′ except for the coating thickness of the electrode was used.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 174 ⁇ m.
  • a slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 ⁇ m was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-side application of the slurry.
  • Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 4-1.
  • the capacity was 25.6 Ah.
  • the energy capacity was 91 Wh and the volume energy density was 240 Wh/l which were lower than the case of the embodiment 4-1.
  • the positive electrode 101 a and negative electrode 101 b (or negative electrode 101 c positioned at both outer sides in the stacked electrodes) were alternately stacked with the separator 104 held between each of the layers as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • A- or B-type separator described below it is preferable to use A- or B-type separator described below in detail although the use is not limited thereby.
  • the thickness of the secondary battery is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, or still more preferably less than 8 mm.
  • the lower limit of the thickness of 2 mm or more is practical when considering a packing rate of an electrode and a battery size (to obtain the same capacity, the area increases as the thickness decreases).
  • the thickness of the battery becomes 12 mm or more, it is difficult to sufficiently radiate the heat in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion of the battery and the vicinity of the surface of the battery increases and fluctuations of charge quantity and voltage in the battery increase because the internal resistance differs.
  • a specific thickness is properly determined in accordance with a battery capacity or energy density, it is preferable to design a battery at a maximum thickness at which an expected heat radiation characteristic is obtained.
  • FIG. 7 is an illustration showing results of measuring the thickness of the separator 104 while pressing the separator 104 in the thickness direction of the separator 104 .
  • X denotes a tangent of the thickness-pressure curve of the separator at the pressure F
  • Y denotes a thickness-pressure curve of the separator.
  • the condition required for the separator 104 is as follows: when pressing the separator 104 at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm 2 , the thickness A of the separator 104 is in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm or preferably in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.10 mm.
  • the thickness A under pressure exceeds 0.15 mm is not preferable because the thickness of the separator 104 is too large, the internal resistance increases or the ratio of the separator 104 occupying the inside of the battery increases, and a sufficient capacity cannot be obtained.
  • the thickness A under pressure is less than 0.02 mm is not practically preferable because it is difficult to manufacture the separator.
  • the separator 104 is resilient. Therefore, when applying a load to the separator 104 in its thickness direction (in FIG. 7 , the abscissa shows pressure applied to the separator), the thickness of the separator 104 quickly decreases at the initial time. However, when further increasing the load, the change of the thickness of the separator 104 slowly decreases and then, the thickness hardly changes even if further applying the load. In this case, it is an important point that a separator assembled into a battery has resiliency.
  • the pressure applied to the separator is low in the case of a non-aqueous secondary battery although the pressure changes depending on the battery size, wall thickness or wall material of the case, or other design factors, and that the separator has resiliency at such a low pressure. Therefore, in preferable separator, when the absolute value of the change rate of the thickness of the separator 104 to a pressure (kg/cm 2 ) (in FIG. 7 , the absolute value of the tilt of the tangent line of the thickness-pressure curve Y of a separator at the pressure F, e.g.
  • the absolute value of the tilt of the tangent line X) is defined as B (mm/(kg/cm 2 ))
  • a case in which the pressure F is lower than 0.050 kg/cm 2 is not preferable because a separator already loses resiliency and a sufficient cycle characteristic is not obtained.
  • a case in which the pressure F exceeds 1.000 kg/cm 2 is not preferable because a separator frequently has a very high resiliency and therefore, it is difficult to build the separator in a battery.
  • the porosity of the separator 104 is 40% or more, preferably 50% or more under the pressure of 2.500 kg/cm 2 , that is, when the separator has the above thickness A mm.
  • a case in which the porosity is less than 40% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently held, the internal resistance increases, or a sufficient cycle characteristic is not obtained.
  • non-woven fabric As a separator meeting the above conditions.
  • the separator can be easily manufactured. Because non-woven fabric for a battery is finally finished by using a technique such as thermal pressing in order to adjust the thickness. Non-woven fabric has been frequently lost resiliency in the above thickness-adjusting step (some of non-woven fabrics used for clothing do not include the thickness-adjusting step and most non-woven fabrics are resilient).
  • a separator used for a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention can be easily manufactured by properly setting a condition such as the thermal pressing.
  • the separator 104 is not limited, it is possible to use polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, polyamide, kraft paper, glass, etc. However, polyethylene or polypropylene is preferable from the viewpoints of cost and moisture. Furthermore, when using polyethylene or polypropylene for the separator 104 , the unit weight of the separator is preferably not less than 5 g/m 2 and not more than 30 g/m 2 , more preferably not less than 5 g/m 2 and not more than 20 g/m 2 , or still more preferably not less than 8 g/m 2 and not more than 20 g/m 2 .
  • the A-type separator is more minutely described below by using an embodiment of the separator.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCoO 2 , 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 is 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 105 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t is 230 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 110 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 234 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 8 positive electrodes and 9 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric) held between each of the electrodes. Table 4 shows characteristics of the separator.
  • a pressure F was calculated by stacking five separators respectively cut into 5 ⁇ 5 cm and measuring a pressure-thickness curve initially every 0.005 kg/cm 2 and then every 0.025 kg/cm 2 in a range from 0.025 kg/cm 2 up to 0.500 kg/cm 2 and then every 0.100 kg/cm 2 in a range from 0.500 kg/cm 2 up to 2.50 kg/cm 2 in accordance with the method described by referring to FIG. 7 . Though measurement was repeated three times every 5 hours, the value of F and the thickness A under pressure of 2.500 kg/cm 2 were hardly changed.
  • the bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1 ) was formed by wringing a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304.
  • the positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-eletrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1 .
  • the obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 23.3 Ah.
  • the temperature rise of the battery while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • a battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric of the embodiment 5-2 shown in Table 4 as a separator.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 22.8 Ah.
  • the capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 20.9 Ah.
  • a battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polyethylene micro-porous film of the comparative example 5-1 shown in Table 4 as a separator and change the number of layered electrodes to 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes).
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a current of 10 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 25.2 Ah.
  • the capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 19.0 Ah.
  • the separator is used for, for example, an 18650-type cylindrical battery.
  • cycle deterioration at 10 initial cycles is 90% or more.
  • the discharge capacity was lowered up to the 10th cycle though the initial capacity was high because a separator was thin and the number of layered electrodes was large compared with Embodiments 5-1 and 5-2.
  • a battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric (pressure F exceeds 0.025 kg/cm 2 but it is lower than 0.050 kg/cm 2 ) of the comparative example 5-2 shown in Table 4 as a separator.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 21.0 Ah.
  • the capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 17.0 Ah.
  • the separator was the same as the separator of the embodiment 5-1 in porosity and thickness, it was not resilient. Therefore, when using the separator for a flat battery, the discharge capacity was lowered up to the 110th cycle.
  • a battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the glass non-woven fabric of the comparative example 5-3 shown in Table 4 as a separator and change the number of layered electrodes to 6 positive electrodes and 7 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes).
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 4 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a current of 8 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 18.1 Ah.
  • the capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 17.3 Ah.
  • the separator is sufficiently resilient and has a capacity retention rate equal to those of the embodiments 5-1 and 5-2 after 10 cycles pass. However, because the separator has a large thickness, the capacity was lower than those of the embodiments 5-1 and 5-2.
  • TABLE 4 Porosity Unit Thickness A Pressure F at 2.5 kg/cm 2 weight Material (mm) (kg/cm 2 ) (%) (g/m 2 )
  • Comparative Polypropylene non- 0.100 0.025 ⁇ 73.0 32 example 5-2 woven fabric ⁇ 0.050 Comparative Glass non-woven 0.232 0.200 >90 — example 5-3 fabric [B-Type Separator]
  • FIG. 8 shows a side view and a perspective view of a separator used for the non-aqueous secondary battery shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the separator comprises a first separator 104 a and two second separators 104 b , in which the second separators 104 b were arranged at both sides of the first separator 104 a .
  • the configuration of the separator is not limited. Two or more different types of separators can be used as long as the separators meet the following conditions. For example, one first separator 104 a and one second separator 104 b arranged as shown in FIG. 9 may be used, or separators of different types may be used instead of second separators 104 b of the same type shown in FIG. 8 , or a second separator may be placed between two first separators in contrary to what is shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 7 is an illustration showing results of measuring the thickness of the first separator while applying a pressure to the first separator in its thickness direction.
  • X denotes a tangent of the thickness curve of the separator to pressure at a pressure F
  • Y denotes a thickness curve of the separator to pressure.
  • the thickness A of the first separator is kept in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm, or preferably kept in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.10 mm.
  • a case in which the thickness under pressure exceeds 0.15 mm is not preferable because the thickness of the separator is too large, the internal resistance increases or the rate for the separator to occupy the inside of a battery increases, and a sufficient capacity is not obtained.
  • a case in which the thickness A under pressure is less than 0.02 mm is not preferable for practical use because it is difficult to manufacture the battery.
  • the first separator is resilient and when applying a load to the first separator in its thickness direction (in FIG. 7 , abscissa shows pressure applied to separator), the thickness of the first separator quickly decreases at the initial point of time. However, when further increasing a load, change of the thickness of the first separator slowly decreases and then, thickness is hardly changed. In this case, it is important that a separator is resilient when a battery is formed. In the case of a flat non-aqueous secondary battery, the battery size, or wall thickness or wall material of a case are changed depending on other design elements. However, it is important that a pressure to be applied to a separator is low and the separator is resilient at a low pressure.
  • the pressure F in which B/A is equal to 1 is not less than 0.050 kg/cm 2 and not more than 1.000 g/cm 2 or more preferably not less than 0.050 kg/cm 2 and not more than 0.700 kg/cm 2 .
  • the porosity of the first separator at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm 2 that is, at the above thickness of A mm is kept at 40% or more or preferably kept at 50% or more.
  • a case in which the porosity is less than 40% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently kept, the internal pressure rises, or a sufficient cycle characteristic cannot be obtained.
  • non-woven fabric for the first separator meeting the above conditions. In this case, it is easy to manufacture the separator. In general, non-woven fabric for a battery is finally finished in order to adjust the thickness by a technique such as thermal pressing. Non-woven fabric has frequently lost its resiliency so far in the thickness-adjusting step (some of non-woven fabrics for clothing do not have the thickness-adjusting step and most non-woven fabrics are resilient). However, a separator used for a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention can be easily manufactured by properly setting a condition such as the above thermal pressing.
  • the second separator is a micro-porous film having a pore diameter of 5 ⁇ m or less or preferably having a pore diameter of 2 ⁇ m or less and having a porosity of 25% or more or preferably having a porosity of 30% or more.
  • a pore diameter can be observed by an electron microscope.
  • the above micro-porous film can use a micro-porous film generally marketed for a lithium ion battery.
  • the second separator is used to compensate a disadvantage that a slight short circuit easily occurs when the battery is manufactured or charged or discharged because the separator has a comparatively large pore diameter and a high porosity.
  • the pore diameter of the second separator exceeds 5 ⁇ m is not preferable because it is impossible to compensate the above disadvantage.
  • a case in which the porosity is less than 25% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently kept or the internal resistance rises.
  • the thickness of the second separator is 0.05 mm or less, it is possible to use a separator having a thickness of not more than 5 ⁇ m and not more than 30 ⁇ m. This is because it is difficult to manufacture the separator if the thickness is too small or the internal resistance tends to rise if the thickness is too large.
  • Materials of the first and second separators are not limited.
  • polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and polyamide, kraft paper, and glass.
  • polyethylene and polypropylene are preferable from the viewpoints of cost and moisture.
  • the unit weight of the first separator is preferably not less than 5 g/m 2 and 30 g/m 2 , more preferably not less than 5 g/m 2 and not more than 20 g/m 2 , or still more preferably not less than 8 g/m 2 and not more than 20 g/m 2 .
  • a case in which the unit weight of a separator exceeds 30 g/m 2 is not preferable because the separator becomes too thick, the porosity lowers, or the internal resistance of a battery rises.
  • a case in which the unit weight is less than 5 g/m 2 is not preferable because a strength for practical use cannot be obtained.
  • the effect of shutdown of the operation of the battery is further expected, in which the shutdown occurs when a battery causes thermal runaway.
  • first and second separators by laminating them together.
  • the following method can be used: mechanical mutual laminating by pressing, mutual laminating by thermal rollers, mutual laminating by chemicals, or mutual laminating by adhesive.
  • mechanical mutual laminating by pressing to combine one separator mainly made of polyethylene with the other separator mainly made of polypropylene, it is allowed to laminate them while melting the surface layer of the polyethylene separator by a thermal roller, taking polyethylene powder into polypropylene non-woven fabric, or laminating non-woven fabrics made of a material obtained by coating the surface of polypropylene fiber with polyethylene together by thermal rollers. It is important to perform mutual laminating without crushing voids of the above separators.
  • Embodiments of a B-type separator are more specifically described below.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCO 2 O 4 , 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 is 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 95 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 210 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 105 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 224 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • the single-sided electrode is set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body in Item (3) ( 101 c in FIG. 2 ).
  • an electrode-stacked body was formed by using polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric as a first separator and a polyethylene micro-porous film as a second separator so that the positive-electrode side became a micro-porous film, stacking the first and second separators similarly to the case of the separators shown in FIG. 9 , and alternately stacking 8 positive electrodes and 9 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) through a separator 104 (constituted by stacking a polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric and a polypropylene micro-porous film). Table 5 shows characteristics of the separators.
  • a pressure F was calculated in accordance with the method described for FIG. 7 by stacking five separators respectively cut into 5 ⁇ 5 cm 2 and measuring the pressure-thickness curve of the first separator at first every 0.005 kg/cm 2 , and then every 0.025 kg/cm 2 in the pressure range from 0.025 kg/cm 2 up to 0.500 kg/cm 2 and every 0.100 kg/cm 2 in the pressure range from 0.500 kg/cm 2 up to 2.500 kg/cm 2 .
  • the value of F and the thickness A at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm 2 were hardly changed.
  • the bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1 ) was formed by deep drawing of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304.
  • the positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1 .
  • the obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. Discharge capacities of the five batteries ranged between 21.1 and 21.4 Ah. The temperature rise of the batteries while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • a battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 6-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric of the embodiment 6-2 shown in Table 5 as a first separator.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 21.0 Ah.
  • the capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 6-1 by using the battery was 19.0 Ah.
  • the discharge capacities of three batteries ranged between 23.1 and 23.3 Ah but the capacities of two remaining batteries were 19.5 Ah and 14.3 Ah and a slight short circuit was found. Because the comparative example 6-1 did not use a second separator, the electrode packing rate was improved compared with the case of the embodiment 6-1 but a slight short circuit easily occurred through the initial capacity was high.
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention for positioning an electrode unit using a separator is described below.
  • a separator 104 is bonded to a positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c.
  • this embodiment makes it possible to solve the above problem by bonding at least one of a plurality of separators to a positive or negative electrode or to both positive and negative electrodes.
  • This embodiment solves the above problem by bonding the separator 104 of this embodiment to the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c .
  • the positive electrode 101 a When setting dimensions of the positive electrode 101 a to 268 ⁇ 178 mm, it is necessary to make dimensions of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c slightly larger than those of the positive electrode 101 a in order to prevent deposition of lithium on a negative electrode. For example, it is necessary to adjust dimensions of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c to 270 ⁇ 180 mm.
  • a positive electrode unit 111 a is formed by bonding a positive electrode 101 a with a separator 104
  • a negative electrode unit 111 b is formed by bonding a negative electrode 101 b with the separator 104
  • a single-sided negative electrode unit 111 c is formed by bonding a single-sided negative electrode 101 c with the separator 104 .
  • the size of the separator 104 is equal to each other irrelevant to the sizes of the positive electrode 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c . Therefore, by aligning only the separator 104 , it is possible to easily stack the positive electrode 101 a , negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c having different sizes, and separator 104 .
  • the separator 104 is not shifted when bonding it with the positive electrode 101 a or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c , it is possible to make the size of the separator 104 equal to the size of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c . By removing the portion of a separator protruding beyond the electrodes, it is possible to improve the electrode packing efficiency corresponding to the size of the removed portion.
  • a case is described above in which the separator 104 is bonded to the positive electrode 101 a or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c which are previously cut into predetermined dimensions.
  • bonding of a separator is not limited to the above case. For example, it is possible to bond a separator to hoop electrodes and then cut the electrodes. Thus, it is possible to use various methods.
  • a method for bonding the separator 104 with the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c is not limited. However, it is important that all or most of pores of the separator 104 are not blocked (the separator does not have electron conductivity as raw material, and thus it must hold an electrolyte and have pores through which ions held in the electrolyte move between positive and negative electrodes). Namely, it is important that electrolyte passages are securely maintained to hold the penetration through the separator 104 from the front surface to the rear surface.
  • methods for bonding the separator 104 with the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c include mechanical bonding by pressing, bonding due to fusion of a part of a separator, bonding by chemicals, and bonding by adhesive and so on.
  • non-woven fabric when using a composite separator made of materials having different fusing points, for example, when using polypropylene as the core material of fiber and polyethylene as an external layer or mixing polyethylene powder in polypropylene non-woven fabric, it is possible to more easily bond the separator without closing pores of the separator.
  • a method of mixing polyethylene into an electrode and bonding a polypropylene separator is a simple method.
  • the separator When bonding a separator with an electrode by fusing the separator, it is preferable to heat the electrode so that the very surface of the separator is fused when the separator contacts the electrode. In this case, it is possible to bond the separator with the electrode by heating the electrode up to a temperature equal to the fusing point of the separator or higher and pressing them in a short time without closing pores of the separator. In this case, it is not necessary that the entire surface of the electrode is bonded with the entire surface of the separator. It is allowed that a part of the electrode is bonded with a part of the separator so that their position is not shifted when the battery is formed.
  • the bonding structure of the positive electrode 101 a , negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c , and separator 104 is effective when stacking pluralities of electrodes and separators whose positioning is particularly difficult, particularly when stacking five electrodes or more and five separators or more, however it is possible to use this structure for other cases.
  • Embodiments for positioning an electrode unit using a spacer are more specifically described below.
  • a positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCO 2 O 4 , 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 was 268 ⁇ 178 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 95 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 210 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 101 is 270 ⁇ 180 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 ⁇ m thickness at a thickness of 105 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 224 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • a positive electrode unit 111 a , negative electrode unit 111 b , and single-sided negative electrode unit 111 c were formed by bonding a separator 104 obtained by laminating polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric of 272 ⁇ 180 mm 2 (thickness of 87 ⁇ m) and a polypropylene micro-porous film (thickness of 25 ⁇ m) to a positive electrode 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c at the positional relation shown in FIGS. 12A to 12 C. Each electrode was bonded with the polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric side of the separator 104 .
  • the separator 104 and electrodes were stacked in the order at a predetermined position and heated from the electrode side by an iron at approximately 140 degree Celsius to bond them. After bonding them, the separator 104 was observed by removing it from some of the electrode units 111 a , 111 b , and 111 c . As a result, the state of surface pores of the separator 104 was hardly changed from the state before the separator 104 was bonded.
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking eight positive-electrode units 111 a , seven negative-electrode units 111 b , one single-sided negative-electrode unit 111 c , one single-sided negative electrode 101 c not bonded with the separator 104 , and the separator 104 as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1 ) was formed by deep drawing of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm.
  • the upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304.
  • the positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1 .
  • a solution was made by dissolving LiPF 6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1.
  • the solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the upper case was closed by aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm. The total of five batteries were formed.
  • the obtained battery was respectively charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. Discharge capacities ranged between 21.3 and 21.5 Ah. The temperature rise of the batteries while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • FIG. 13 shows a secondary battery 111 embodying the present invention.
  • the battery 111 is provided with a positive terminal 112 p and a negative terminal 112 n . These positive and negative terminals are generally attached to a battery. Charge and discharge of a battery have been controlled so far by measuring the voltage, internal resistance, current between these two terminals, etc.
  • a battery of the present invention is further provided with operation-characteristic measuring terminals 113 p , 113 n , 114 p , and 114 n for measuring internal information of the battery.
  • fluctuation of temperatures in a battery can be measured by connecting the end of a thermocouple reaching the central portion of the battery to the positive and negative terminals 113 p and 113 n and thereby measuring the temperature of the inner portion of the battery, moreover connecting the end of a thermocouple located nearby the surface of the battery to the positive and negative terminals 114 p and 114 n and thereby measuring the fluctuation of temperatures in the battery, and comparing these measured values.
  • Voltages in the battery can be measured by connecting voltage-measuring lines extending from different portions of the battery to the terminals 113 p , 113 n , 114 p , and 114 n and measuring the potential difference from the positive terminal 112 p .
  • a control method of the present invention is used for a household energy storage system (for nighttime power storage, cogeneration, photovoltaic power generation, or the like) or a energy storage system of an electric vehicle and a secondary battery used for the system has a large capacity and a high energy density. It is preferable for the secondary battery to have an energy capacity of 30 Wh or more or it is more preferable for the secondary battery to have an energy capacity of 50 Wh or more. It is preferable for the secondary battery to have a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more or it is more preferable for the secondary battery to have a volume energy density of 200 Wh/l.
  • a nickel-hydrogen battery or a lithium secondary battery provided with a non-aqueous electrolyte containing lithium salt is preferable as a secondary battery of the present invention and particularly, a lithium secondary battery is optimum.
  • secondary-battery components such as a positive electrode, negative electrode, separator, and the plate thickness of a battery case having the characteristics already described.
  • a secondary battery of the present invention is characterized by measuring the fluctuation of operation characteristics produced in a battery and controlling the battery in accordance with the measurement result.
  • Operation characteristics to be measured include not only characteristics directly related to charge and discharge operations such as voltage, current, temperature, and internal resistance but also characteristics indirectly related to charge and discharge operations such as dimension and pressure to be changed due to gas generation caused under severe operations. It is possible to use various measuring means normally used for these characteristics for measurement. Though the number of measuring points in a battery (in a single cell) is determined in accordance with the shape of a battery, requested control accuracy, or measuring means, it is preferable to measure at least one operation characteristic at at least 2 points and compare measurement results.
  • a voltage as an operation characteristic to be measured it is possible to know the fluctuation of voltages in a battery by measuring voltages at a plurality of points of the battery or measuring an electrode terminal voltage and a voltage at one point or voltages at a plurality of points of the battery and comparing them.
  • temperature it is possible to know the fluctuation of temperatures in a battery by comparing the temperatures at a plurality of points such as the inner portion and the vicinity of the surface of a battery, a terminal and the surface of a battery case, an upper portion a and lower portion of a battery case, and so on.
  • measuring a dimensional change of a battery case it is possible to easily know the state of a battery by measuring the thickness of the battery. In this case, it is possible to know the fluctuation of dimensions of a battery, particularly the fluctuation of dimensional changes by measuring a plurality of battery thicknesses from the outside of the battery and comparing the measured thicknesses.
  • control In the case of a control method of the present invention, fluctuation of operation characteristics of a secondary battery is controlled so as to eliminate or moderate the fluctuation or prevent the deterioration of the safety and reliability.
  • Control can be performed by various methods in accordance with the sort of operation characteristics. For example, when the fluctuation of differences between surface temperature and internal temperature is measured and it is determined that the fluctuation must be moderated, controls are performed to lower the current of charge and discharge, to operate a cooling of a fan, or to stop charge or discharge according to the circumstances.
  • fluctuation of internal resistances between electrodes in a battery occurs, there are some cases in which current is concentrated on a portion having a small internal resistance and local overcharge occurs. In this case, by performing controls of pressing from the outside of a battery case and reduction of charge rate, it is possible to prevent local overcharge and secure the safety depending on the fluctuation in internal resistance.
  • the method of the present invention for controlling a secondary battery for a energy storage system can be applied to each cell or the cells selected according to a necessity in a module formed by combining a plurality of single cells or in a battery system formed by combining the modules.
  • a control mode it is possible to use conventionally proposed cell basis control or module basis control together with cell by cell control of the present invention.
  • an operation characteristic e.g. the measurement of the voltage of a position of a battery
  • a control based on a temperature measurement is added when the amount of charged or discharged energy has increased
  • a control base on a dimension measurement is added when the amount has further increased.
  • a battery is charged by charging equipment such as a photovoltaic cells, a commercial power system, or an electric generator, etc., and is discharged for loads such as a motor, an electric lamp, a household unit, etc. Therefore, it is possible to perform a control by utilizing the operational information of the unit or equipment, or to operate the unit or equipment in accordance with the state of the battery.
  • a battery is formed into a flat shape and the thickness of the battery is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, and still more preferably less than 8 mm.
  • the thickness of a battery is 12 mm or more, it is difficult to radiate the heat in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion and the surface of the battery increases, the fluctuation in the battery increases, and control becomes complicated.
  • a control method of the present invention is more specifically described below based on an embodiment of the control method.
  • Positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 15 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 1101 was 133 ⁇ 198 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of 20- ⁇ m aluminum foil 1102 at a thickness of 120 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness was 260 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W 2 and having a width of 1 cm was not coated with the electrode, and a tab 1103 (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded thereto.
  • Negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB: made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 628) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m and drying and pressing the foil. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 15 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 1101 was 135 ⁇ 200 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the copper foil 1102 at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t is 174 ⁇ m.
  • One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W 2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 1103 (nickel having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • the single-sided electrode is set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body in the following Item (3) ( 1101 n ′ in FIG. 17 ).
  • Two electrode-stacked bodies were formed by alternately stacking nine positive electrodes 1101 p and ten negative electrodes (eight both-sided electrodes 1101 n and two single-sided electrodes 1101 n ′) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 1104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between the electrode as shown in FIG. 17 .
  • a separator 1104 made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene
  • the battery bottom case ( 122 in FIG. 16 ) was formed by deep-drawing a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • a battery case upper case ( 121 in FIG. 16 ) was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • Terminals 113 and 114 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole 117 (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the battery case upper case, and the terminals 113 and 114 were insulated from the battery case upper-case 111 by a polypropylene packing.
  • Each of the positive terminals 1103 p of two electrode-stacked bodies formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the terminal 113 and each of the negative electrodes 1103 n of the bodies was welded to the terminal 114 and then, the electrode-stacked bodies were stacked on the battery bottom case 122 and fixed by an insulating tape.
  • a film thermocouple made by Phillips Corp. was attached to the negative-electrode current collector of each portion and the lead wire of each thermocouple was connected to the positive electrodes 115 p and 116 p and negative electrodes 115 n and 116 n .
  • a spacer 1105 was present between two stacked bodies in order to form a space for accommodating the Y-portion thermocouple. Under the above state, the entire circumference of the portion A in FIG. 16 was laser-welded. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF 6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • the formed battery has dimensions of 165 ⁇ 230 mm 2 and a thickness of 10 mm.
  • the obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 10 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.0 V by a current of 30 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 22 Ah, energy capacity was 78 Wh, and energy density was 205 Wh/l.
  • Charge and discharge were repeated 10 times by using a battery and charge and discharge conditions same as the case of the embodiment under a constant condition without control according to measurement of the internal temperature of the battery. As a result, the thickness of the battery was increased and the internal resistance was raised.
  • Positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn 2 O 4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of PVdF with 100 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m and drying and pressing the foil.
  • FIG. 18 is an illustration of an electrode.
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of an electrode 1201 was 258 ⁇ 168 mm 2 and slurry was applied to both sides of 20- ⁇ m aluminum foil 1202 at a thickness of 120 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 260 ⁇ m. Both of the edge portions and the central portion of the current collector in the view of the longitudinal direction of the collector was not coated with the electrode in the width of 1 cm, and a tabs 1203 a , 1203 b , and 1203 c (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 4 mm) was welded thereto.
  • a measuring electrode having measuring electrodes 1204 a , 1204 b , and 1204 c was formed in order to measure the fluctuation of internal voltages.
  • the electrode was formed by welding a 3 mm-square expand metal (aluminum) having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m to one end of a slender piece of stainless-steel foil having a width of 3 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, attaching the expand metal to the surface of a positive electrode in a battery, bonding the stainless-steel foil to the positive electrode while insulating it from the positive electrode, and positioning the other end of the piece of the foil to protrude beyond an edge of the positive electrode to form a terminal.
  • Negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP.
  • a negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 ⁇ m and drying and pressing the foil. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 18 .
  • the coating area (W 1 ⁇ W 2 ) of the electrode 1201 is 260 ⁇ 170 mm 2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the copper foil 1202 of 14 ⁇ m at a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the electrode thickness t was 174 ⁇ m. Both of the edge portions and the central portion of the current collector in the view of the longitudinal direction of the collector was not coated with the electrode in the width of 1 cm, and a tabs 1203 a ′, 1203 b ′, and 1203 c ′ (copper having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 4 mm) was welded thereto.
  • measuring electrodes having protruded ends as measuring electrodes 1204 a ′, 1204 b ′, and 1204 c ′ were formed, in the same manner as in the positive electrode, by welding a 3 mm-square expand metal (copper) having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m to an end of a slender piece of stainless-steel foil having a width of 3 mm and a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 94 ⁇ m was formed by the same method other than the single-sided application of the slurry.
  • the single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body stated in the following Item (3) ( 1201 n ′ in FIG. 19 ).
  • An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking ten positive electrodes 1201 p and eleven negative electrodes (nine both-sided electrodes 1201 n and two single-sided electrodes 1201 n ′) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 1205 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between each of the electrode as shown in FIG. 19 .
  • a separator made of polypropylene non-woven fabric having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m was set between electrodes provided with internal-potential measuring terminals. The positive electrodes and negative electrodes were stacked so that their terminals protrude in mutually opposite direction.
  • a battery bottom case (same as symbol 122 in FIG. 16 ) was formed by deep-drawing a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • the battery upper case (symbol 1211 in FIG. 20 ) was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. The following were formed on the battery upper case as shown in FIG.
  • charge-discharge terminals 1213 a , 1213 b and 1213 c , 1214 a , 1214 b and 1214 c (diameter of 6 mm) which were made of SUS304, voltage-measuring terminals 1215 a , 1215 b and 1215 c , and 1216 a , 1216 b and 1216 c (diameter of 3 mm), and a safety-vent hole 117 (diameter of 8 mm).
  • the terminals 1213 a , 1213 b and 1213 c , and 1214 a , 1214 b and 1214 c , 1215 a , 1215 b and 1215 c , and 1216 a , 1216 b and 1216 c were insulated from the battery upper case 1211 by a polypropylene packing.
  • the electrode-stacked bodies were stacked on the bottom of the battery bottom case 122 and fixed by an insulating tape, and the entire circumference of a portion corresponding to the edgy portion A in FIG. 16 was laser-welded.
  • a solution was made by dissolving LiPF 6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1.
  • the solution was poured through a safety-vent hole 117 as an electrolyte and the hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • the formed battery has dimensions of 300 ⁇ 210 mm 2 and a thickness of 6 mm.
  • the battery was charged and discharged so that a potential difference did not occur between the positive-electrode-voltage measuring terminals 1215 a , 1215 b , and 1215 c or between the negative-electrode-voltage measuring terminals 1216 a , 1216 b , and 1216 c by measuring the potential difference between the positive-electrode-voltage measuring terminals 1215 a , 1215 b , and 1215 c and the potential difference between the negative-electrode-voltage measuring terminals 1216 a , 1216 b , and 1216 c and controlling the current to be supplied to the charge-discharge terminals (positive terminals 1213 a , 1213 b , and 1213 c and the negative terminals 1214 a , 1214 b , and 1214 c ).
  • charge and discharge were controlled so as to eliminate the fluctuation of potentials for charge and discharge in cells.
  • the battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V (potential between terminals 1213 b and 1214 b ) by a current of 10 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V.
  • the battery was discharged up to 2.0 V by a constant current of 5 A.
  • the discharge capacity was 23 Ah
  • energy capacity was 81 Wh
  • volume energy density was 210 Wh/l.
  • non-aqueous secondary battery applicable to energy storage which has a large capacity of 30 Wh or more and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more and is superior in heat radiation characteristic and safely used.
  • a specific negative electrode provided it is possible to provide a non-aqueous secondary battery applicable to energy storage system and having features of large capacity and high safety.
  • a flat non-aqueous secondary battery particularly a flat battery having a large capacity and a high volume energy density, which is further superior in cycle characteristic by comprising one type of separator or two types or more of separators having a specific resiliency.
  • a flat non-aqueous secondary battery particularly a flat battery having a large capacity and a high volume energy density, which is superior in heat radiation characteristic, and has a low probability of making short circuit during assembling of a battery based on the bonding of a separator with an electrode.
  • reliabilities such as safety and cycle characteristic of a battery are further improved because of measuring the fluctuation of operation characteristics in the battery and controlling charge and discharge in accordance with the measurement results.
  • a secondary battery of the present invention provided with positive and negative terminals for charge and discharge and terminals for measuring internal operation characteristics, it is possible to easily and securely perform the above control.

Abstract

The invention provides a non-aqueous secondary battery having positive and negative electrodes and non-aqueous electrolyte containing lithium salt which has an energy capacity of 30 Wh or more, a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or higher, which battery has a flat shape and is superior in heat radiation characteristic, used safely and particularly preferably used for a energy storage system. The invention also provides a control method of the secondary battery.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This is a continuation application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/700,988, filed Feb. 5, 2001, which is the U.S. National Phase under 35 U.S.C. §371 of International Application PCT/JP99/02658, filed May 20, 1999, which claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2002-26012, filed Feb. 1, 2002, which claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 10-138347 filed May 20, 1998, No. 10-165373 filed Jun. 12, 1998, No. 10-369928-filed Dec. 25, 1998, No. 10-369936 filed Dec. 25, 1998, No. 10-369969 filed Dec. 25, 1998, No. 10-369986 filed Dec. 25, 1998, No. 10-373667 filed Dec. 28, 1998, and No. 11-65072 filed Mar. 11, 1999, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference it their entirety. The International Application was not published under PCT Article 21(2) in English.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • 1. Field of the Invention
  • The present invention relates to a non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method, particularly to a non-aqueous secondary battery preferably used for a energy storage system and its control method.
  • 2. Description of the Prior Art
  • A household distributed power-storage system for storing nighttime power and photovoltaic power and a energy storage system for an electric vehicle have been recently noticed from the viewpoints of effective use of energy for resource saving and global atmospheric problems. For example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 6-86463 discloses a total system constituted by combining a power supply from a power station, gas co-generation system, a fuel cell, and a storage battery as a system capable of supplying energy to energy consumers under an optimum condition. A secondary battery used for the above energy storage system must be a large scale battery having a large capacity unlike a small secondary battery for a portable devise having an energy capacity of 10 Wh or smaller. Therefore, the above energy storage system is normally used as a battery system constituted by stacking a plurality of secondary batteries in series and having a voltage of 50 to 400 V and in most cases, the system uses a lead-acid battery.
  • In the field of a small secondary battery for a portable devise, a nickel-hydrogen battery and a lithium secondary battery are developed as new batteries in order to correspond to the needs for a small size and a large capacity and therefore, a battery having a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more is marketed. Particularly, because a lithium ion battery has a possibility of a volume energy density exceeding 350 Wh/l and is superior to a lithium secondary battery using metal lithium as a negative electrode in reliabilities such as safety and cycle characteristic, the market of the battery has been remarkably expanded.
  • Therefore, also in the field of a large scale battery for a energy storage system, development is energetically progressed by Lithium Battery Energy Storage Technology Research Association (LIBES) or the like by targeting a lithium ion battery as a prospective product of a high energy density battery.
  • The energy capacity of the large lithium ion battery approximately ranges between 100 Wh and 400 Wh and the volume energy density of the battery ranges between 200 and 300 Wh/l, which reaches the level of a small secondary battery for a portable devise. Typical shapes of the battery include a cylindrical shape having a diameter of 50 to 70 mm and a length of 250 to 450 mm and a prismatic shape such as an angular box shape or a boxed shape with rounded edges having a thickness of 35 to 50 mm.
  • Moreover, as a thin lithium secondary battery, the following are disclosed: a film battery using a film obtained by laminating a metal and a plastic for a thin case and having a thickness of 1 mm or less (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1993-159757 and 1995-57788) and a small prismatic battery having a thickness of 2 to 15 mm (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1996-195204, 1996-138727, and 1997-213286). Purposes of these lithium secondary batteries correspond to decrease of a portable devise in size and thickness. For example, a thin battery which has a thickness of several millimeters and an area of approx. JIS size A4 and which can be stored on the bottom of a portable personal computer is also disclosed (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1993-283105). However, the thin battery has an energy capacity of 10 Wh or smaller that is too small as a secondary battery for a energy storage system.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1982-208079 and 1988-24555 propose the use of graphite as a negative-electrode material for a lithium secondary battery which is superior in flexibility and on which mossy lithium is not deposited even in the case of repetition of a charge-discharge cycle. Because graphite has a special layer structure and a property of forming an inter-calation compound, it is practically used as an electrode material for a secondary battery using the property. Moreover, various types of carbon having a low crystallinity such as carbon having a disordered layer obtained by thermally decomposing hydrocarbon in a gaseous phase and a selective orientation property are disclosed in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1988-24555 as materials in each of which an electrolyte is not easily decomposed.
  • These negative-electrode materials have advantages and disadvantages. When using carbon having a high crystallinity such as graphite as a negative-electrode material, it is theoretically known that a change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions is decreased and a capacity to be used for a battery increases. However, when the crystallinity of the carbon is increased, the charging rate is lowered probably due to decomposition of an electrolyte, and the carbon is broken due to expansion/contraction of the plane interval of crystal caused by repetition of charge and discharge.
  • Moreover, when using carbon having a low crystallinity as a negative-electrode material, a change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions increases and thereby, a capacity usable for a battery decreases, and thus, it is difficult to manufacture a battery having a large capacity.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1992-368778 shows that it is possible to prevent carbon from being broken by forming a double structure in which a carbon particle having a high crystallinity is covered with carbon having a low crystallinity. When using carbon prepared by the above method as an active material, it is theoretically possible to obtain an electrode superior in potential smoothness and having a large capacity by preventing decomposition of an electrolyte. When attempting formation of a practical electrode by using the double-structure active-material particles, an electrode having a thickness of 50 to 500 μm for a cylindrical battery by applying an active material onto copper foil. However, the capacity per electrode volume was not increased because the electrode density was not easily raised. More specifically, it is difficult to raise the electrode density. If setting the electrode density to 1.20 g/cm3 or more through pressure compression, a high volume capacity of 400 mAh/cm3 or more of the negative electrode cannot be resultantly obtained because the double-structure active material particles are broken.
  • In the case of a large lithium secondary battery (energy capacity of 30 Wh or larger) for an energy storage system, a high energy density can be obtained. However, because the design of the battery is generally similar to the small battery for a portable devise, a cylindrical or prismatic battery is constituted which has a diameter or a thickness three times larger than those of a small battery for a portable devise. In this case, heat is easily stored in the battery due to Joule heat caused by the internal resistance of the battery in charging or discharging or internal heat of the battery due to change of the entropy of the active material due to insertion or detachment of lithium ions. Therefore, the difference between the temperature of the inner portion of the battery and the temperature nearby the surface of the battery increases and thereby, internal resistances differ. As a result, charge capacity or voltage is easily fluctuated. Moreover, because two or more batteries of this type are connected to make a battery module in use, capability of heat storage differs depending on a battery position in the assembled system and fluctuation of heat storage between batteries occurs, and it is difficult to accurately control the whole of the battery module. Furthermore, because heat radiation is likely to be insufficient under high-rate charge/discharge, the battery temperature rises and thereby the battery is brought under an undesirable state. Therefore, a problem is left in the viewpoint of deterioration of service life due to decomposition of an electrolyte, and lack of reliability, particularly safety, because of the possibility of thermal runaway of a battery.
  • To solve the above problem, in the case of a energy storage system for an electric vehicle, the following methods are disclosed: air cooling using a cooling fan, a cooling method using a Peltier element (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1996-148189) and a method for packing a latent-heat storing material into a battery (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1997-219213). However, these methods use external cooling and therefore do not provide essential solution to the problems.
  • Moreover, to obtain a high-capacity battery, it is desirable to set a utilization factor of graphite-based particles used for a negative electrode to a value as high as possible. However, when improving the utilization factor, electrodeposition of lithium metal on a negative electrode increases and heat produced due to a reaction of an electrolyte at approximately 150 degree in Celsius increases. Particularly, in the case of a large scale battery, a negative electrode having a higher capacity is requested in order to improve the energy density and safety of the battery.
  • Furthermore, a separator having a thickness of 0.02 to 0.05 mm referred to as a micro-porous film made of polypropylene or polyethylene used for a commercially available lithium-ion secondary battery is a typical separator for the above lithium battery and it is locally attempted to use non-woven fabric of the above material for a separator.
  • In the case of a flat battery, the front and back surface areas of the battery increase as the thickness of the battery decreases, and holding force to be incurred on the surfaces of the electrodes in the battery decreases. Particularly, in the case of a large lithium secondary battery (energy capacity of 30 Wh or larger) used for a energy storage system, the above phenomenon is remarcable. For example, in the case of a 100 Wh-class lithium ion battery having a thickness of 6 mm, the front and back surface areas of the battery reach a very large value of 600 cm2 (either side).
  • Therefore, when using the above separator for a flat battery having a small holding force for pressing the surface of the electrodes, a problem is left that cyclic deterioration is accelerated due to the repetition of charge and discharge.
  • Moreover, as internal structure of a general battery, positive and negative electrodes and a separator for separating the electrodes from each other are layered. In the case of a lithium ion battery, a positive electrode made of metal oxide such as LiCoO2, a negative electrode made of carbon, such as graphite, which can be doped and undoped with lithium, and a separator referred to as micro-porous film made of polypropylene, polyethylene or the like and having a thickness of 0.02 to 0.05 mm are different from each other in dimension. For example, in the case of positive and negative electrodes, the negative electrode is designed so that it is slightly larger than the positive electrode to prevent electrodeposition of lithium metal on the negative electrode and to prevent fluctuation of the products even if faced positive and negative electrodes are slightly shifted from each other when a battery is assembled. Moreover, the separator is designed so that it is larger than the positive and negative electrodes in order to prevent a short circuit.
  • In the case of a cylindrical battery, positioning of the positive and negative electrodes and separators different from each other in size can be easily contrived in the operation of a winder. However, when stacking electrodes in a prismatic or box-shaped battery, the positioning is difficult. Therefore, in such cases, layered electrodes are made by pressing electrodes wound into an ellipse configuration, or by layering electrodes after inserting them into a baggy separator. However, a stacking method having a high packing efficiency of layers is desired.
  • Particularly, in the case of a flat battery, when using the method of pressing wound electrodes, a short circuit occurs due to separation of an electrode active-material layer from a current collector at an electrode portion having a intensively pressed curvature. When using a baggy separator, sufficient pressure cannot be obtained because of a large electrode area. Therefore, a gap is easily formed between a separator and an electrode layer due to creases or the like of the separator, and the internal resistance of the battery easily increases. Moreover, the binding margin of the separator increases in size and the packing efficiency of the electrodes decreases, influencing the capacity design of the battery. In view of the above-described points, a stacking method realizing a high packing efficiency of electrodes is not found which is suitable for a large scale battery or a flat large scale battery, simplifies positioning of layers, and hardly causes a short circuit.
  • To control a secondary battery for a energy storage system, in the case of an aqueous secondary battery such as a lead-acid battery or nickel-cadmium battery or the like, a plurality of single cells are connected in series to constitute a module and a plurality of modules are connected in series to constitute an assembly of batteries, in many cases. In these cases, charge and discharge operations are generally controlled per modules. By measuring voltage, temperature, current, and resistance of a module, the charge and discharge states and the deterioration level of a battery are determined, and charge and discharge are controlled in accordance with the determined results, in many cases.
  • In the case of a lithium ion battery, even a commercially available small secondary battery is generally controlled on cell by cell basis in a serial module (a module formed by serial connection of two cells or more). This is because a lithium ion battery has a large weak point in overcharge and overdischarge. For example, the safety of a cell become unsecured only by an overcharge state of several tens of mV, and overcharge or overdischarge fatally deteriorates a cycle life.
  • As described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication Nos. 1996-182212 and 1997-28042, a lithium ion battery for a energy storage system is also controlled on cell by cell basis. The single-cell control is the most advanced art among the battery control methods currently disclosed and is partly introduced into aqueous batteries for an energy storage system.
  • In the case of a large secondary battery (energy capacity of 30 Wh or larger) for a energy storage system, the capacity, volume, and electrode area for each single cell are ten times or more as large as those of a small battery for a portable devise and the fluctuation of operational characteristics in a single cell, which is not a large problem for a small secondary battery, reaches a level which cannot be ignored. Particularly, in the case of a large lithium secondary battery, the fluctuation of operational characteristics in a single cell is large and greatly influences the safety and reliability similarly to the fluctuation of operational characteristics between single cells of a small lithium ion battery.
  • Specifically, there are many fluctuations to be considered in a single cell such as electrode deterioration, contact pressure applied to an electrode, and current intensity in a current collector in the single cell. In the case of the above cylindrical and prismatic batteries (batteries having thickness and diameter three times or more as large as those of small battery for a portable devise), heat is easily stored in the batteries because of Joule heat due to the internal resistance of the batteries during charge or discharge, or because of internally produced heat of the batteries due to entropy change of active materials caused by insertion and detachment of lithium ion. Therefore, the difference between the temperature inner portion of the battery and the temperature nearby the surface of the battery is large, and thus the internal resistance showing temperature dependency differs, and the charge capacity and voltage are likely to fluctuate in a single cell.
  • However, because the large lithium secondary battery art of this type is generally similar to a small lithium ion secondary battery, attempts on battery design and charge and discharge control considering the fluctuation in a single cell are not made yet. Such attempts are not applied to aqueous secondary batteries such as a lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium secondary battery, nickel-hydrogen secondary battery, which are generally controlled per module.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It is a main object of the present invention to provide a non-aqueous secondary battery having a large capacity of 30 Wh or larger and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or higher and superior in radiation characteristic and safety.
  • It is another object of the present invention to provide a flat non-aqueous secondary battery which can maintain the superior characteristics during cyclic operation.
  • It is still another object of the present invention to provide a flat non-aqueous secondary battery which facilitates the stacked structure and prevents the formation of a short circuit when the battery is assembled.
  • It is still another object of the present invention to provide a secondary battery for a energy storage system superior in reliability such as safety and cyclic durability, and a method for controlling the same.
  • Other features of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description.
  • To achieve the above objects, the present invention provides a flat non-aqueous secondary battery comprising positive and negative electrodes and a non-aqueous electrolyte containing lithium salt and having an energy capacity of 30 Wh/h or larger and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or higher. It is preferable that this secondary battery is flat and has a thickness of less than 12 mm.
  • In the present invention, positive- and negative-electrode active materials are not limited. However, it is preferable to apply A-, B-, and C-type negative electrodes having the following structures. Particularly, when using manganese oxide compound such as lithium manganese oxide or the like as a positive-electrode active material, the above negative electrodes have a high effect as described below.
  • (A-Type Negative Electrode)
  • Negative electrode formed by using graphite having an average particle diameter of 1 to 50 μm as active-material particles, a resin as a binder, and a metal as a current collector and haying a porosity of 20 to 35%, an electrode density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm3, and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or higher.
  • (B-Type Negative Electrode)
  • Negative electrode comprising as active material double-structure graphite particles formed with graphite-based particles and amorphous carbon layers covering the surface of the graphite-based particles, the graphite-based particles having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of not more than 0.34 nm as measured by X-ray wide-angle diffraction method, the amorphous carbon layers having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of 0.34 nm or larger.
  • (C-Type Negative Electrode)
  • Negative electrode comprising as active material a carbon material manufactured by mixing at least one of artificial graphite and natural graphite with a carbon material having volatile components on the surface and/or in the inside and heat treatment of the mixture.
  • In the present invention, when a secondary battery is provided with a separator, it is preferable to use A- or B-type separator or a separator capable of positioning an electrode unit having the following structure respectively.
  • (A-Type Separator)
  • A separator in which when a pressure of 2.5 kg/cm2 is applied to the direction of thickness of the separator, the thickness A of the separator is not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm and the porosity of the separator is 40% or higher, and when the absolute value of a change rate of the thickness (mm) of the separator relative to the pressure (kg/cm2) applied to the direction of thickness of the separator is defined as B (mm/(kg/cm2)), the pressure F which renders B/A=1 is not less than 0.05 kg/cm2 and not more than 1 kg/cm2.
  • (B-Type Separator)
  • A separator having a first separator and a second separator different from the first separator, wherein when a pressure of 2.5 kg/cm2 is applied to the direction of thickness of the separator, the thickness A of the first separator is not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm and the porosity of the first separator is 40% or higher, and when the absolute value of a change rate of the thickness (mm) of the first separator relative to the pressure (kg/cm2) applied to the direction of thickness of the first separator is defined as B (mm/(kg/cm2)), the pressure F which renders B/A=1 is not less than 0.05 kg/cm2 and not more than 1 kg/cm2, and the second separator is a micro-porous film having a thickness of 0.05 mm or less, a pore diameter of 5 mm or less, and a porosity of 25% or more.
  • (Separator Capable of Positioning Electrode Unit)
  • A separator bonded with a positive and/or negative electrode.
  • The above objects of the present invention are also achieved by a secondary-battery operation control method comprising the steps of measuring operational parameters of at different portions of the battery and controlling operations of the battery based on the results of the measurement.
  • Furthermore, the above objects of the present invention are achieved by a secondary battery for a energy storage system, comprising positive and negative terminals for charge and discharge provided on the battery case and operation-parameter measuring electrodes extending from different portions of the battery to the outside of the battery case for measurement of the operation parameters in the battery.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows a top view and a side view of a non-aqueous secondary battery of an embodiment of the present invention, which is used for a energy storage system;
  • FIG. 2 shows a side view of stacked electrodes to be stored in the battery shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a manufacturing method of a conventional small prismatic battery;
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a method for manufacturing the bottom case shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 5 illustrates another method for manufacturing a battery case of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention;
  • FIG. 6 shows an electrode used in an embodiment of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention;
  • FIG. 7 is a graph showing results of measurement of the thickness of an A-type separator while applying a pressure in the thickness direction of the separator;
  • FIG. 8 shows a side view and a perspective view of a B-type separator;
  • FIG. 9 shows a side view and a perspective view of another B-type separator;
  • FIG. 10 shows a side view of stacked electrodes including a C-type separator;
  • FIG. 11 shows side views of electrode units including a C-type separator;
  • FIG. 12 is illustrations for explaining an electrode unit including a C-type separator;
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view of a secondary battery to be applied to a control method of the present invention;
  • FIG. 14 is a block diagram of a control system of the secondary battery shown in FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 15 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of an electrode of the secondary battery shown in FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 16 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of a secondary battery storing electrodes shown in FIG. 15;
  • FIG. 17 is an enlarged front view of an stacked electrodes in the secondary battery shown in FIG. 16;
  • FIG. 18 shows a front view (a) and a top view (b) of another electrode for the secondary batteries shown above;
  • FIG. 19 is an enlarged front view of stacked electrodes using the electrode shown in FIG. 18; and
  • FIG. 20 is a top view of a secondary battery storing electrodes shown in FIG. 18.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
  • A non-aqueous secondary battery of an embodiment of the present invention is described below by referring to the accompanying drawings. FIG. 1 shows a top view and a side view of a flat rectangular (notebook-type) non-aqueous secondary battery for a energy storage system, and FIG. 2 is a side view of stacked electrodes to be stored in the battery shown in FIG. 1.
  • As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment is provided with a battery case (battery vessel) comprising a upper case 1 and a bottom case 2 and an electrode-stacked body comprising a plurality of positive electrodes 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c and a separator 104 stored in the battery case. In the case of the flat non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment, the positive electrode 101 a and the negative electrode 101 b (or the negative electrode 101 c formed at the both sides of the stacked body), for example, are alternately arranged and stacked with the separator 104 positioned therebetween as shown in FIG. 2. However, the present invention is not limited to the above arrangement. It is possible to change the number of layers correspondingly to a required capacity etc.
  • The positive-electrode current collector of each positive electrode 101 a is electrically connected to a positive-electrode tab 3 via a positive-electrode tab 103 a and similarly, negative-electrode current collectors of the each negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are electrically connected to a negative-electrode tab 4 via a negative-electrode tab 103 b. The positive-electrode tab 3 and negative-electrode tab 4 are mounted on the battery case, that is, the upper case 1 while insulated therefrom. The entire circumferences of the upper case 1 and the bottom case 2 are welded at the point A shown by the enlarged view in FIG. 1. The upper case 1 is provided with a safety vent 5 for releasing the internal pressure in the battery when the pressure rises. The non-aqueous secondary battery shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 has, for example, a length of 300 mm, a width of 210 mm, and a thickness of 6 mm. A lithium secondary battery using LiMn2O4 for the positive electrode 101 a and graphite described below for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c has, for example, an energy capacity of 80 to 100 Wh and it can be used for a energy storage system.
  • The non-aqueous secondary battery constituted as described above can be used for a household energy storage system (for nighttime power storage, co-generation, photovoltaic power generation, or the like) and a energy storage system of an electric vehicle or the like and have a large capacity and a high energy density. In this case, the energy capacity is preferably kept at 30 Wh or larger, more preferably kept at 50 Wh or larger, and the energy density is preferably kept at 180 Wh/l or higher, or more preferably kept at 200 Wh/l or higher. When the battery has an energy capacity of smaller than 30 Wh or a volume energy density of lower than 180 Wh/l, it is not preferable to use the battery for a energy storage system because the capacity is too low to be used for a energy storage system and therefore it is necessary to increase the numbers of batteries connected in series and in parallel, and moreover it is difficult to compactly design the battery.
  • The thickness of the flat non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, and still more preferably less than 8 mm. For the lower limit of the thickness, 2 mm or more is practical when considering the packing efficiency of electrodes and the size of a battery (the area of the battery surface increases as the thickness thereof decreases in order to obtain the same capacity). When the thickness of the battery becomes 12 mm or more, it is difficult to sufficiently release the heat produced in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion and the vicinity of the surface of the battery increases and the internal resistance differs and resultantly, fluctuations of charge capacity and voltage in the battery increase. Though a specific thickness is properly determined in accordance with the battery capacity and energy density, it is preferable to design the battery at a maximum thickness at which an expected radiation of heat is obtained.
  • It is possible to form the front and back surfaces of the flat non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment into various shapes such as angular shape, circular shape, and elliptic shape, etc. The typical angular shape is rectangle. However, it is also possible to form the front and back surfaces into a polygon such as a triangle or hexagon. Moreover, it is possible to form the battery into a cylindrical shape having a small thickness. In the case of the cylindrical shape, the thickness of the cylinder corresponds the thickness of a battery described above. From the viewpoint of easiness of manufacture, it is preferable that the front and back surfaces of the flat shape battery are rectangular and the battery is the notebook type as shown in FIG. 1.
  • Next, a method for manufacturing a notebook-shaped battery case is described regarding a method for manufacturing a battery case comprising the upper case 1 and the bottom case 2. In general, a household small prismatic battery is approximately 50 mm square and has a thickness of approx. 6 mm. As shown in FIG. 3, the battery case is manufactured by laser-welding a bottom case 21 (also serving as a negative terminal) and a upper case 22. The bottom case 21 is formed by deep-drawing of a thick plate. The upper case 22 is provided with a safety vent and a positive terminal.
  • However, it is difficult to manufacture the notebook-type battery shown in FIG. 1 by the method same as the case of a small secondary battery. That is, the bottom case 2 of the battery case is obtained by bending a thin plate having the shape shown in FIG. 4 inward along the broken line L1 and further bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash line L2, thereafter welding the corner shown by A or drawing a thin plate (very shallow drawing), and welding the upper case 1 on which a terminal and a safety vent are set as shown in FIG. 1. Alternatively, the battery case can be manufactured by bending a thin plate and welding the portion A as shown in FIG. 5 to form a structure 13 and further welding lateral lids 11 and 12 to the a structure 13.
  • A material for a battery case such as the above thin plate is properly selected in accordance with the purpose or shape of a battery. Iron, stainless steel, or aluminum is generally and practically used though not limited specifically. The thickness of a battery case is properly determined in accordance with the purpose, shape, or material of the battery case though not limited specifically. Preferably, the thickness of the portion of 80% or more of the surface area of a battery (thickness of the portion having the largest area constituting a battery case) is 0.2 mm or more. If the above thickness is less than 0.2 mm, it is not preferable because a strength required to manufacture a battery cannot be obtained. From this point of view, a thickness of 0.3 mm or more is more preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that the thickness of the above portion is 1 mm or less. A thickness of more than 1 mm is not preferable because the internal volume of the battery decreases and thereby, a sufficient capacity cannot be obtained or the weight increases. From this point of view, it is more preferable that the thickness is 0.7 mm or less.
  • As described above, by designing the thickness of a non-aqueous secondary battery to less than 12 mm, when the battery has a large capacity of e.g. 30 Wh or more and a high energy density of e.g. 180 Wh/l, rise of the battery temperature is small even under high-rate charge/discharge and the battery can have a superior heat radiation characteristic. Therefore, heat storage of the battery due to internal heat is reduced, and resultantly it is possible to prevent thermal runaway of a battery and provide a non-aqueous secondary battery superior in reliability and safety.
  • A positive-electrode active material of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention is not limited as long as the material is a positive-electrode material for lithium batteries. It is possible to use one of lithium-containing cobalt-based oxides, lithium-containing nickel-based oxides, and lithium-containing manganese-based oxides, or a mixture of these substances, or moreover a compound material obtained by adding at least one different-type metal element to these compound oxides. These materials are preferably used to realize a high-voltage large-capacity battery. From the view point of safety, it is preferable to use manganese oxide having a high thermal-decomposition temperature. As the manganese oxide, the following are listed: lithium-containing manganese oxides such as LiMn2O4, a compound material obtained by adding at least one different-type metal element to these compound oxides, and LiMn2O4 containing lithium and oxygen more than the theoretical ratio.
  • A negative-electrode active material of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention is not limited as long as the material is a negative-electrode material for lithium batteries. A material that can be doped or undoped with lithium is preferable because reliability such as safety or cycle life is improved. As materials which can be doped or undoped with lithium, the following can be used: graphite materials, carbon-based material, metal oxide such as tin-oxide-based material or silicon-oxide-based material which are used as negative-electrode materials of publicly-known lithium ion batteries, and an electrically conducting polymer represented by a polyacenic semiconductors. Particularly, from the viewpoint of safety, it is preferable to use a polyacenic substance producing small heat at approximately 150 degree Celsius or a material containing the polyacenic substance.
  • As the electrolyte of a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention, it is possible to use a non-aqueous electrolyte containing publicly-known lithium salt and the electrolyte is properly selected in accordance with the condition such as the sort of a positive-electrode material or negative-electrode material or charge voltage. More specifically, a material is used which is obtained by dissolving lithium salt such as LiPF6, LiBF4, or LiClO4 in one of propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, dimethyl carbonate, methyl ethyl carbonate, dimethoxyethane, g-butyrolactone, methyl acetate, and methyl formate, or an organic solvent such as a mixed solvent of two types of these substances or more. Further, it is possible to use a gel or solid electrolyte.
  • Though the concentration of an electrolyte is not limited, 0.5 mol/l to 2 mol/I are generally practical. It is preferable to use the electrolyte having a moisture of 100 ppm or less.
  • The word non-aqueous electrolyte referred to in the description and claims of this application denotes either of non-aqueous electrolyte or organic electrolyte, and either of gel or solid electrolyte.
  • Embodiments of a secondary battery (flat non-aqueous secondary battery having an energy capacity of 30 Wh or more and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more and a thickness of less than 12 mm) of the present invention are shown and further specifically described below.
  • Embodiment 1-1
  • A secondary battery of an embodiment of the present invention was constituted as described below.
  • (1) A mixture slurry for a positive-electrode was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). The slurry was applied to the both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm and dried and then, pressed to obtain a positive electrode. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode (101) is 268×178 mm2 and slurry is applied to the both sides of a 20 μm aluminum foil (102) at a thickness of 120 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t is 260 μm. One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 103 (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • (2) A mixture slurry for a negative-electrode was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB: made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 6 28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. The slurry was applied to the both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm and dried, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode (101) is 270×180 mm2 and the slurry is applied to both sides of the copper foil (102) at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t is 174 μm. One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 103 (nickel having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • Moreover, the slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 94 μm was formed by the same method except for the application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode is positioned at the outermost side in the stacked electrodes which is described in the following Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 6).
  • (3) Ten positive electrodes and eleven negative electrodes (including 2 single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) were alternately stacked with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between each of the layers to form an electrode-stacked body.
  • (4) The battery bottom case (designated as 2 in FIG. 1) was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having the shape shown in FIG. 4 and a thickness of 0.5 mm inward at the lines L1 and outward at the lines L2 and then arc-welding the corners A. The upper case (designated as 1 in FIG. 1) of the battery case was also formed with a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. Terminals 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) made of SUS304 and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) are formed on the upper case 1. The terminals 3 and 4 are insulated from the upper case 1 by a packing made of polypropylene.
  • (5) Each positive terminal 103 a of the electrode-stacked body made in the above Item (3) was welded to the tab 3 and each negative terminal 103 b was welded to the tab 4 through a connection line and then, the electrode-stacked body was set to the battery bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the overall circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution was made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1. The solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the hole was closed with aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The formed battery had a size of 300×210 mm2 and a thickness of 6 mm. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 30 A. The discharged capacity was 26 Ah, energy capacity was 91 Wh, and volume energy density was 240 Wh/l.
  • (7) As a result of charging and discharging the battery in a thermostatic chamber at 20 degree Celsius by the method described in the above Item (6), a rise of the battery temperature was hardly observed after the end of discharge.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1-1
  • (1) A battery was constituted similarly to the case of the above embodiment except for changing electrode sizes, numbers of electrodes to be stacked, and battery sizes. In the following list, the electrode size denotes the size of the negative electrode. The size of the positive electrode is 2 mm smaller than the negative electrode size in each side. The number of electrodes to be stacked denotes the number of positive electrodes. The number of negative electrodes is one more than the number of positive electrodes as described for the embodiment 1-1, in which two single-side-coated electrodes are included.
  • An energy capacity was measured by the same method as Item (6) of the embodiment. As a result of performing discharge by the same method as Item (7) of the embodiment and measuring the surface temperature of the battery, discharge was stopped for safety because the temperature was greatly raised during the discharge.
      • Electrode size (W1×W2): 110×170 (mm)
      • Number of electrodes to be stacked: 26
      • Battery size: 140×200×140 (mm)
      • Energy capacity: 85 (Wh)
      • Energy density: 217 (Wh/l)
  • Even in the case of the embodiment battery having a battery energy capacity of approximately 90 Wh, the battery surface temperature hardly rose when the battery thickness was less than 12 mm. However, the comparative example having a thickness of 14 mm showed a high surface-temperature rise. Therefore, it is clear that the organic-electrolyte battery of the present invention shows a small temperature rise even if the battery is quickly discharged and has a high safety.
  • [Preferable Negative Electrode Used for Secondary Battery of the Present Invention]
  • In general, lithium-containing manganese oxide used for a non-aqueous secondary battery is a positive-electrode material suitable for a large scale battery. It is reported that a high-safety battery is obtained by using the lithium manganese oxide for a positive electrode compared with lithium cobalt oxide and lithium-containing nickel oxide (Like Xie et al., Mat. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc., Vol. 393, 1995, pp. 285-304). The positive-electrode material has a density and a capacity lower than those of lithium-containing cobalt-based oxide and lithium-containing nickel oxide. Therefore, to obtain a large-capacity battery, it is preferable to use A, B, or C-type negative electrodes described below and thereby improved safety is also expected.
  • (A-Type Negative Electrode)
  • In the case of preferable graphite to be used for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c as a negative-electrode active material, the (d002) spacing of (002) planes measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method is normally 0.34 nm or less, preferably 0.3354 to 0.3380 nm, or more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3360 nm. When the plane spacing (d002) exceeds 0.34 nm, crystallinity lowers. Therefore, the change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions increases and the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • The following are listed as materials for manufacturing the above graphites: cokes such as pitch coke and needle coke, polymers, and carbon fibers. By baking these materials at a temperature of 1,500 to 3,000 degree Celsius in accordance with the conventional method, it is possible to obtain desired graphite materials. Specifically, graphite includes mesophase-pitch-based graphite fiber, graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (hereafter referred to as graphitized MCMB), vapor-phase-epitaxial carbon fiber, and graphite whisker. Particularly, because the particles of graphitized MCMB are almost spherical, a high-density electrode to be mentioned later can be easily obtained.
  • The particle diameter of the above graphite is preferably 1 to 50 μm, more preferably 3 to 40 μm, or still more preferably 5 to 35 μm. If the particle diameter is less than 1 μm, it is impossible to raise the electrode density. However, if the particle diameter exceeds 50 μm, a large capacity cannot be obtained because the graphite is broken when an electrode having a small thickness of approximately 100 μm is pressed to raise the electrode density.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained, for example, by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, applying the above graphite onto a metal member serving as a current collector, drying the metal member and pressing it if necessary. When using a resin as a binder, a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has a high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c thus obtained and having a porosity of 20 to 35% and an electrode density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm3 (more preferably having an electrode density of 1.45 to 1.65 g/cm3, particularly preferably having an electrode density of 1.50 to 1.65 g/cm3) are easily impregnated with the electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. By using a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more, it is possible to improve the battery capacity without raising the utilization ratio of a negative-electrode active material and thus the safety such as prevention of lithium from electrodeposition or the like can be easily secured.
  • The above resin serving as a binder binds graphite particles each other and fixes active-material particles on metallic foil. As the binder resin, the following materials can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene. Among them, a resin soluble in widely used organic solvents (such as N-methylpyrrolidone, toluene, and styrene) and superior in electrolyte resistance and withstanding high-voltage are preferable, and particularly polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) is preferable.
  • A binder mixing quantity in a negative electrode is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine the binder mixing quantity in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, or thickness and strength of a purposed electrode. However, it is normally preferable to set the binder mixing quantity in a range of 1 to 30% of the weight of graphite.
  • In this embodiment, as a metal for the current collector copper foil, stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto. Moreover, it is possible to use materials allowing an electrode to be formed on metallic foil or between metallic materials, such as expand metal or mesh material. Among these materials, it is more preferable to use a copper foil having a thickness of 1 to 50 μm because it allows a negative electrode to be easily formed by a coating method to be mentioned later and is superior in strength and electric resistance.
  • A method of using polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) as a binder resin and a copper foil as a current collector is described below as a specific method for manufacturing the negative electrode for a non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3. It is needless to say that methods for manufacturing the negative electrode of this embodiment are not limited to the method.
  • First, a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving graphite in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone. In this case, it is also possible to add a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone. Then, the obtained slurry is applied onto copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode for the non-aqueous secondary battery, which has a thickness of 50 to 500 μm. The electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • The negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode whose capacity is hardly lowered and having a density of 1.40 to 1.70 g/cm3, preferably having a density of 1.45 to 1.65 g/cm3, or more preferably having a density of 1.50 to 1.65 g/cm3, a porosity of 20 to 35%, and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. The density and porosity are values of an electrode layer formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with the true densities of the graphite and binder resin in the electrode layers and the electrode density. The capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • (B-Type Negative Electrode)
  • A graphite-based particle used for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c as a negative-electrode active material has a double structure obtained by covering the surface of a graphite particle with amorphous carbon. By using the double-structure graphite-based particle, deterioration of charge rate probably due to decomposition of electrolyte is substantially prevented and a graphite structure is prevented from breaking.
  • In the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c, the (d002) spacing of (002) planes of a graphite-based particle used as an active material is normally 0.34 nm or less, more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3380 nm, and still more preferably 0.3354 to 0.3360 nm as measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method. When the plane interval exceeds 0.34 nm, crystallinity lowers and thereby, the change of potentials due to discharge of lithium ions increases and the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • The plane spacing of amorphous carbon layers coating the graphite-based particles is such that the (d002) spacing of (002) planes is 0.34 nm or more, preferably about 0.34 to 0.38 nm, more preferably about 0.34 to 0.36 nm as measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method. When this value is below 0.34 nm, crystallinity is too large, and thereby, charging rate lowers probably due to decomposition of electrolyte, and carbon material is broken due to increase/decrease of the plane distance with repeated charging and discharging. On the other hand, when this value exceeds 0.38, the displacement of lithium ions is restricted and thus the effective capacity usable as a battery lowers.
  • Materials for manufacturing the above graphite-based particles include cokes such as pitch coke and needle coke, polymers, and carbon fibers. By baking these materials in accordance with the conventional method at a temperature of 1,500 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius, desired graphite-based particles can be obtained.
  • As materials for forming a covering layer of graphite particle, organic materials such as pitches and polymers can be used. Amorphous carbon for the covering layer can be obtained by covering the surface of the graphite-based particle material obtained in accordance with the above method with a liquid organic material (such as melted pitch) and baking the covering organic material at a temperature of 500 degree Celsius to 2,000 degree Celsius to carbonize it.
  • Furthermore, the above double-structure graphite-based particles have a high capacity per weight of 350 mAh/g and achieve a high initial efficiency of 90% or more. Therefore, it is possible to improve the battery capacity without raising the utilization ratio of a negative-electrode active material and thereby, the safety such as prevention of lithium from electrodeposition can be easily secured.
  • The diameter of a double-structure active-material particle comprising the above graphite-based particle and its covering layer is preferably 1 to 50 μm, more preferably 3 to 40 μm, and still more preferably 5 to 35 μm. When the particle diameter of the double-structure body is less than 1 μm, it is impossible to improve the electrode density. When the particle diameter exceeds 50 μm, a large capacity cannot be obtained because a double-structure active-material particle is broken when an electrode having a small thickness of 100 μm is pressed to raise an electrode density.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, thereby applying the above double-structure active-material particles onto a metal serving as a current collector, drying them, and pressing them if necessary. When using a resin as a binder, a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c obtained as described above and having a porosity of 20 to 35%, an electrode density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm3 (more preferably having a porosity of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3 or particularly preferably having a porosity of 1.40 to 1.60 g/cm3) are easily impregnated with electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. A negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more is more effective used in view of the capacity and safety of a battery as described below.
  • The above resin serving as a binder binds double-structure active-material particles each other and fixes active-material particles on the metallic foil. As binder resins the following materials can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene or polypropylene. Among them, a resin soluble in widely used organic solvents (such as N-methylpyrrolidone, toluene, and styrene) and superior in electrolyte resistance and withstanding high-voltage is preferable, and particularly polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) is preferable.
  • A binder mixing quantity in a negative electrode is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine the binder mixing quantity in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, or thickness and strength of a purposed electrode. However, it is normally preferable to set the binder mixing quantity in a range of 1 to 30% of the weight of active-material particles.
  • In this embodiment, as a metal for current collector a copper foil, stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto. Moreover, it is possible to use materials allowing an electrode to be formed on a metallic foil or between metallic materials, such as expand metal or steel. Among these materials, it is more preferable to use a copper foil having a thickness of 1 to 50 μm because it allows a negative electrode to be easily formed by a coating method to be mentioned later and is superior in strength and electric resistance.
  • A method of using polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) as a binder resin and a copper foil as a current collector is described below as a specific method for manufacturing the negative electrode for a non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3. It is needless to say that methods for manufacturing the negative electrode of this embodiment are not limited to the above method.
  • First, a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving double-structure active-material particles in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone. In this case, it is also possible to add a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone. Then, the obtained slurry is applied onto a copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode for the non-aqueous secondary battery, which has a thickness of 50 to 500 μm. The electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • To manufacture a negative electrode, it is necessary to prevent graphite from breaking. For example, in the case of the above manufacturing example, it is necessary to pay attention to various conditions in the pressing step. Specifically, the following can be listed as these conditions: a pressing rate, tension, and roller curvature for pressing an electrode layer formed on a metallic foil by rollers, a dried state (remaining amount of solvent) of the electrode layer before pressing, and a pressing temperature.
  • It is desirable to control a dried level (remaining amount of solvent) of an electrode layer before pressed normally at 1 to 10%, preferably at 1 to 8%, and still more preferably at 2 to 5%. When these amounts of solvent remain, it is possible to improve an electrode-layer density by pressing without breaking graphite. That is, when a certain amount of solvent remains, the solvent is present on surfaces of graphite, binder, and conductive material, which supposedly improves slippage between these materials during the pressing step and resultantly an electrode-layer density can be improved without breaking graphite material.
  • In the conventional common sense, a solvent is regarded as an impurity and it has been considered that a remaining amount of the solvent should be minimized (a remaining amount of the solvent should be kept at 0.2% or less). However, according to the study of the present inventor, when controlling a remaining amount of solvent within a predetermined range, negative electrode for a non-aqueous secondary battery having a high electrode density and a large capacity can be obtained compared with the case of a conventional method.
  • An electrode-layer pressing temperature is normally kept at ordinary temperature (25 degree Celsius) to 140 degree Celsius, preferably kept at ordinary temperature to 100 degree Celsius, or more preferably kept at ordinary temperature to 70 degree Celsius.
  • By previously adjusting the above conditions (particularly, a remaining amount of a solvent) on trial, it is possible to manufacture an electrode without breaking graphite, that is, an electrode can be manufactured without lowering the capacity even if the density of the electrode is raised.
  • The negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode whose capacity is hardly lowered and having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm3, preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3, or more preferably having a density of 1.40 to 1.50 g/cm3, a porosity of 20 to 35%, and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. The density and porosity are values of an electrode formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with true densities of double-structure active-material particles and a binder resin and the electrode density in the electrode layer. Also, the capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • (C-Type Negative Electrode)
  • The negative-electrode active material used for the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c can be manufactured using carbon (hereafter referred to as “coating graphite”) which is obtained by mixing at least either of artificial graphite or natural graphite with carbon having a volatile component on the surface and/or inside thereof (hereafter referred to as “volatile-component-contained carbon”) and then baking them. The active material thus manufactured is substantially prevented from deterioration of the charge rate probably due to decomposition of electrolyte does not substantially occur and a graphite structure is also prevented from breaking.
  • The coating graphite has a structure in which a volatile component derived from a volatile-component-contained carbon attaches at least a part of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite by baking a mixed material or covers at least a part of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite. It is presumed that the above attaching structure or covering structure is formed when the volatile component of the volatile-component-contained carbon once vaporizes and then attaches a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite or covers a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite. In other words, it is presumed that a part or the whole of the artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is covered in a gaseous phase.
  • In general, artificial graphite and natural graphite serving as negative-electrode materials have a problem of damaging the stability of the electrolyte because they respectively have a large specific surface area though they respectively have a large capacity usable as a battery. However, to cover artificial graphite or natural graphite in a gaseous phase, it is presumed that the covering thickness is very small and uniform. As a result, it is possible to substantially decrease the specific surface area of artificial graphite or natural graphite without substantially lowering a large capacity of the artificial graphite or natural graphite and therefore, it is presumed that high-capacity coating graphite can be obtained.
  • It is possible to form coating graphite in a liquid phase. That is, by soaking graphite serving as a core material in liquid-phase “carbon for forming a coat”, it is possible to obtain coating graphite. Also in this case, by decreasing a ratio of [coat-forming volatile component]/[core material+coat-forming volatile component] (this ratio is hereafter referred to as “coating ratio”), it is expected that higher-capacity carbon may be obtained similarly to the case of the gaseous phase. Actually, however, forming a thin covering layer in a liquid phage is not suitable, because a problem occurs that the covering layer is separated from a core material or the covering layer is lacking in uniformity and the specific surface area of coating graphite increases.
  • As volatile-component-contained carbon used for this embodiment, the following can be listed: carbon (volatile-component-contained carbon) serving as a core material a part or the whole of which is covered with coat-forming volatile component (such as coal tar pitch), mesocarbon micro beads, carbon fiber, mesophase pitch, isotropic pitch, resin, and a mixture of these materials. Among them, the volatile-component-contained carbon is preferable from the viewpoint of cost. It is preferable that the coating ratio of the volatile-component-contained carbon is 0.01 or more, it is more preferable that the ratio is 0.05 or more, or it is still more preferable that the ratio is not less than 0.05 and not more than 0.3.
  • If the coating ratio of the volatile-component-contained carbon is too low, the carbon does not sufficiently cover or attach a part or the whole of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite because the amount of a volatile component to be evaporated is small when the material is baked while mixed with artificial graphite and/or natural graphite. However, if the coating ratio is too large, it is difficult to obtain a sufficient capacity because the capacity of a low-potential portion depending on a core material lowers when a battery is manufactured. The amount of the “volatile component” was determined by the following: A carbon component derived from heavy oil covering the circumference of carbon serving as a core material was solvent-analyzed in accordance with the method specified in JIS K2423. Firstly, a quinoline component (%) was measured and then {100-(quinoline component)} was defined as a quinoline soluble component (%). The quinoline soluble component is the above “amount of coat-forming volatile component” and the above “coating ratio” can be calculated by using the amount of coat-forming volatile component and the carbon serving as a core material.
  • Volatile-component-contained carbon in which a part or the whole of carbon serving as a core material is covered with a volatile component is manufactured as described below. That is, carbon particles serving as a core material is soaked in coal-based or oil-based heavy oil such as tar or pitch preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius to separate the carbon from the heavy oil, and then an organic solvent is added to the separated carbon to clean them preferably at 10 to 300 degree Celsius. By properly adjusting the mixed ratio between the carbon particles and the heavy oil, it is possible to omit the above cleaning step. However, it is preferable to execute the cleaning step. When omitting the cleaning step, a problem may occur that particles of the volatile-component-contained carbon adhere or cohere each other when baked or the volatile component does not uniformly attach or cover the core material. Moreover, when manufacturing volatile-component-contained carbon while soaking carbon in heavy oil at a temperature exceeding 300 degree Celsius and accelerating the polycondensation of heavy oil, the same problem may occur. Furthermore, it is possible to perform the baking step at 300 to 600 degree Celsius instead of the above cleaning step. In this case, however, volatile-component-contained carbon does not uniformly attach or cover a core material though particles do not easily adhere or cohere each other.
  • To manufacture volatile-component-contained carbon, a mechanical stirring method using a nauta mixer, ribbon mixer, screw-type kneader, or widely used mixer is used as a method for mixing carbon particles with heavy oil.
  • Though the mixing ratio between artificial graphite and/or natural graphite and volatile-component-contained carbon mainly depends on the amount of the volatile component of the carbon, it is normally 10 to 1,000 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, more preferably 10 to 300 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, still more preferably 30 to 100 parts by weight of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite, to 100 parts by weight of the volatile-component-contained carbon. When the amount of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is too small, the ratio of the coating-graphite component that should serve as a higher capacity part in carbon for a battery lowers and thereby, the capacity is not sufficiently raised. However, when the amount of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is too large, the amount of a volatile component to be evaporated when baking a mixture relatively decreases. Therefore, artificial graphite and/or natural graphite is not sufficiently covered and a desired specific surface area of carbon increases.
  • A mixture of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite and volatile-component-contained carbon is baked in a reducing atmosphere or inert gas flow, or a non-oxidation atmosphere such as a closed state containing an inert gas or vacuum state. Because the mixture is baked in order to cover a part or the whole of artificial graphite and/or natural graphite by evaporating a volatile component in multilayer carbon in a gaseous phase, it is more preferable to bake the mixture in an atmosphere in which the volatile component of volatile-component-contained carbon easily stays, that is, in a reducing atmosphere or inert-gas contained state. Carbonization in a vacuum state has an effect of removing a surface functional group of carbon and an advantage that retention can be reduced but has a disadvantage that a volatile component is easily lost from the volatile-component-contained carbon.
  • The above mixture is baked to be carbonized normally at a temperature of about 600 degree Celsius to 2,000 degree Celsius, and more preferably at a temperature of 900 degree Celsius to 1,300 degree Celsius. The above mixture is baked to be graphitized normally at a temperature of about 2,000 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius, more preferably at a temperature of about 2,500 degree Celsius to 3,000 degree Celsius. An ungraphitized part may remain in a baked product depending on a mixture baking condition and the remaining ungraphitized part may slightly influence the characteristic of a negative electrode. However, this does not substantially matter. However, to further improve the negative-electrode characteristics, it is more preferable to use graphite as a core material of volatile-component-contained carbon or further improve the graphitization degree of a baked product by baking at a higher temperature.
  • It is possible to select a temperature-rise rate when baking a mixture from a range of 1 to 300 degree Celsius/hr at any baking temperature. The baking time ranges between 6 hours and one month.
  • The particle diameter of coating graphite used as a negative-electrode active material in this embodiment is normally 1 to 50 μm, more preferably 3 to 40 μm, and still more preferably 5 to 35 μm. When the particle diameter of the coating graphite is too small, it is impossible to raise an electrode density. However, when the particle diameter is too large, a large capacity is not obtained because covering-graphite particles are broken when performing pressing to raise an electrode density in order to manufacture a thin electrode having a thickness of approximately 100 μm.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c are obtained by using an organic solvent solution of a resin serving as a binder, applying the coating-graphite particles onto a metal member serving as a current collector, drying them, and pressing them if necessary. When using a resin as a binder, a negative electrode is obtained which is stable even at a high temperature and has a high adhesiveness with a metal member serving as a current collector.
  • The negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c thus obtained and having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm3 (more preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3) and a porosity of 20 to 35% are easily impregnated with electrolyte, in which lithium ions and electrons are smoothly moved. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. Use of the negative electrode having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more is more effective for the battery capacity and safety described below.
  • The above resin serving as a binder binds coating-graphite particles each other and binds and fixes active-material particles onto metallic foil. As resins serving as binders the following can be used without limitation thereto: fluorinated resins such as polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) and poly-4-ethylene fluoride, fluorine rubber, SBR, acrylic resin, and polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene. Among these materials, a material is preferable which is particularly soluble in organic solvents for general purposes (such as N-methylpyrrolidone, toluene, and styrene) and superior in electrolyte resistance and withstanding a high-voltage. For example, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) is preferable.
  • A binder mixing quantity is not limited. It is allowed to properly determine a binder mixing quantity for a negative electrode in accordance with the type, particle diameter, shape, purposed electrode thickness, or strength of a coating-graphite particle. However, it is normally preferable to use a rate of 1 to 30% of the weight of active-material particles.
  • In this embodiment, as a metal used as a current collector a copper foil, stainless-steel foil, or titanium foil can be used without limitation thereto. It is possible to use a metal allowing an electrode to be formed on metallic foil or between metal materials such as expand metal or steel. Among them, copper foil having a thickness of 1 to 50 μm is more preferable because the foil allows a negative electrode to be easily manufactured in accordance with the coating method to be described later and is superior in strength and electric resistance.
  • A method of using polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) as a binder resin and copper foil as a current collector is described below as a specific method for manufacturing the negative electrode for a non-aqueous secondary battery of this embodiment having a high capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3. It is needless to say that methods for manufacturing the negative electrode of this embodiment are not limited to the above method.
  • First, a slurry is prepared by uniformly dissolving coating graphite in a binder-resin solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) in N-methylpyrrolidone. In this stage, it is also possible to add a conductive material such as acetylene black or binder assistant such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone. Then, the obtained slurry is applied onto copper foil by a coater and dried, and an electrode layer is formed on the copper foil, and then pressed to obtain a negative electrode having a thickness of 50 to 500 μm for the non-aqueous secondary battery. The electrode layer is formed on both sides or either side of the copper foil according to necessity.
  • The negative electrode thus obtained is a high-density electrode having a density of 1.20 to 1.60 g/cm3 (more preferably having a density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3) and an capacity of electrode of 400 mAh/cm3 or more, but hardly lowering a capacity. The density and porosity are values of an electrode layer formed on metallic foil, which can be calculated in accordance with coating-graphite particles in an electrode and the true density of a binder resin, and an electrode density. The capacity of electrode is a capacity expressed on the basis of the volume of electrode layers.
  • When densities of A-, B, and C-type negative electrodes are too low, a sufficient capacity of electrode cannot be obtained. However, when the densities are too high, this is not preferable because a capacity is lowered due to breakdown of graphite. When a porosity is too low, a sufficient rate characteristic is not obtained. However, when the porosity is too high, a sufficient capacity of electrode is not obtained.
  • The above “capacity of electrode” is a capacity of an electrode defined by sufficiently doping and dedoping lithium. For example, the dedoping capacity is measured by assembling electrochemical cells using a lithium metal as an counter electrode and a reference electrode, incurring a constant voltage to the counter electrode at a potential of 1 mV vs. the lithium-metal potential in a non-aqueous electrolyte to be mentioned later, doping the lithium until a current value becomes small enough (e.g. 0.01 mA/cm2), then dedoping the lithium up to 2 V relative to the lithium potential at a sufficiently slow rate (e.g. 0.25 mA/cm2). By dividing the dedoping capacity by an electrode volume, the capacity of electrode referred to in the present invention is obtained. Now, the description of each of the A, B, and C-type negative electrodes is completed.
  • The present invention is further specifically described below with the reference to an embodiment of each of the A, B, and C-type negative electrodes.
  • [a-Type Negative Electrode]
  • Embodiment 2-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL, product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm and serving as a current collector, and by drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 101 was 268×178 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 128 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 276 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative-electrode slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL, product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm and serving as a current collector, and by drying and then pressing the foil. Before pressing the foil, 4.3% of NMP was left in the electrode. The electrode density was 1.58 g/cm3, and previous evaluation of the capacity of electrode of the electrode was 430 mAh/cm3. Because the shape of the electrode was the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below with reference to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 72 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 158 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • The slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 86 μm was formed by the same method except for the application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode was positioned at the outermost in the stacked electrodes described in Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU, porous polyethylene) held between each of the layers.
  • (4) The bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1) was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having the shape shown in FIG. 4 and a thickness of 0.5 mm inward along the broken lines L1 and moreover bending the thin plate outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L2, thereafter arc-welding the corners A. The upper case 1 of the battery was formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. A positive electrode and a negative electrode 3 and 4 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1, and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body made in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and then, the electrode-stacked body was set to the battery bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the overall circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as electrolyte and the hole was closed by using an aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The formed battery has a size of 300 mm×210 mm×6 mm. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A. The discharge capacity was 27.5 Ah, the energy capacity was 99 Wh, and the volume energy density was 262 Wh/l.
  • (7) As a result of charging the battery and discharging the battery at a current of 30 A in a thermostatic chamber at 20 degree Celsius by the method described in the above Item (6), rise of the battery temperature at the end of discharge was small compared with the case of the assembled prismatic battery (thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 2-1 Comparison with Embodiment 2-1
  • A positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 2-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 at a thickness of 120 μm and the electrode thickness t was set to 260 μm.
  • Then, a negative electrode was obtained by applying negative-electrode mixture slurry same as that of the embodiment 2-1 to both sides of the current collector 102 in a condition different from that of the embodiment 2-1, drying the current collector 102, and then pressing it. Before pressing the current collector 102, 0.2% of NMP was left on the electrode. The electrode density was 1.39 g/cm3 and the previous evaluation of the capacity of electrode of the electrode was 372 mAh/cm3. In the case of the comparative example, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 101 is 270×180 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 174 μm. The only one side was coated in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 μm thickness was formed by the same method except for the single-sided coating. Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 2-1.
  • Thereafter, as a result of forming a battery in accordance with the same method as the case of the embodiment 2-1 and measuring the capacity, it showed 25.8 Ah. The energy capacity was 93 Wh and the volume energy density was 249 Wh/l that was lower than the case of the embodiment 2-1.
  • [B-Type Negative Electrode]
  • (Formation of Electrode)
  • An electrode was formed by the following materials: double-structure active-material particles used as a negative-electrode active material and obtained by covering the surface of graphite particles with amorphous carbon, acetylene black (trade name: DENKA BLACK; made by DENKIKAGAKU KOGYOU Co., Ltd.) used as a conductive material, and a solution used as a binder and obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) (product name: KF#1100; made by Kureha Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in N-methylpyrrolidone. That is, negative electrodes 1 to 7 respectively having a thickness of 100 μm were formed by applying the polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) solution to copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm serving as a current collector and then, drying the foil at 80 degree Celsius for 15 min, and continuously pressing the foil by a roller press having a radius of curvature of 30 cm while making N-methylpyrrolidone remain.
  • An electrode 8 was formed similarly to the case of the electrode 1 except for using graphitized MCMB (made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 6-28).
  • Table 1 shows the diameters (mm) of the obtained double-structure active-material particles and the (d002) spacing of (002) planes of the graphite particles and its covering carbon layer measured by the X-ray wide-angle diffraction method (unit is nm in both case). Table 2 shows electrode densities, initial capacities, and remaining amount of solvent of the negative electrodes 1 to 8. Mixing ratios of electrode layers are 90 wt % of graphite particles and 10 wt % of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF).
    TABLE 1
    Graphite
    Double-structure particle Graphite particle Covering carbon
    material: No. diameter (μm) (d002) layer (d002)
    1 1 0.335 0.340
    2 1 0.335 0.380
    3 1 0.337 0.340
    4 20 0.335 0.360
    5 20 0.340 0.380
    6 50 0.335 0.340
    7 50 0.336 0.380
  • TABLE 2
    Negative- Remaining
    Negative electrode Electrode Initial amount of
    electrode: active density capacity solvent
    No. material (g/cm3) (mAh/cm3) (wt %)
    1 No. 1 1.40 435 2.1
    2 No. 2 1.45 440 3.4
    3 No. 3 1.53 465 5.0
    4 No. 4 1.60 468 10.0
    5 No. 5 1.45 440 1.0
    6 No. 6 1.42 438 4.8
    7 No. 7 1.35 430 2.7
    8 MCMB 1.39 370 2.5
  • As shown in Tables 1 and 2, the negative electrodes 1 to 7 using double-structure active-material particles respectively have an electrode density of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3 and a capacity of 400 mAh/cm3 or more. Therefore, they respectively have a large capacity compared with that of the electrode 8 using graphitized MCMB.
  • Embodiment 3-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of the electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 268×178 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 128 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 276 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative electrode same as the above negative electrode 1 except for the coating thickness of an electrode was used. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 72 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 158 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Only one side was coated in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode of 86 μm thickness was formed by the same method except for the single-sided coating. The single-sided electrode was positioned at the outermost in the electrode-stacked body in Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between each of the layers as shown in FIG. 2.
  • (4) A bottom case 2 (refer to FIG. 1) of a battery was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm and having the shape shown in FIG. 4 inward along the broken lines L1 and moreover bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L2, and then arc-welding the corners A. The upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. Furthermore, positive electrode and negative electrode 3 and 4 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1 and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as electrolyte and the hole was closed by using an aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The formed battery has a size of 300 mm×210 mm×6 mm. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A. The discharge capacity was 27.6 Ah, the energy capacity was 99 Wh, and the volume energy density was 263 Wh/l.
  • (7) As a result of charging the battery and discharging the battery at a current of 30 A in a thermostatic chamber at 20 degree Celsius by the method described in the above Item (6), rise of the battery temperature at the end of discharge was small compared with the case of assembled prismatic battery (thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • Embodiment 3-2
  • A positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 3-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 at a thickness of 130 μm and the electrode thickness t was 280 μm.
  • Then, a negative electrode was used which was the same as the above negative 4 except for the coating thickness of the electrode. The coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 101 is 270×180 mm2 and slurry is applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm at a thickness of 70 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t is 154 μm. T slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 84 μm was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry. Other points were the same as those of the embodiment 3-1.
  • As a result of forming a battery by the same method as the case of the embodiment 3-1 and measuring the capacity, the capacity was 28.2 Ah. T the energy capacity was 102 Wh and the volume energy density was 269 Wh/l.
  • Furthermore, a battery was formed under the same condition as the case of each of the above embodiment by using the above negative electrodes 2, 3, and 5 to 7 except for the negative electrodes 1 and 4 and the result same as the above was obtained.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 3-1 For Comparison with Embodiments 3-1 and 3-2
  • A positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 3-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 and the electrode thickness t was 260 μm.
  • Then, a negative electrode was used which was same as the above negative electrode 8 except for the coating thickness of the electrode. In the case of this comparative example, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 174 μm. A slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 μm was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry. Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 3-1.
  • As a result of forming a battery in accordance with the same method as the case of the embodiment 3-1 and measuring the capacity, the capacity was 25.8 Ah. The energy capacity was 93 Wh and the volume energy density was 249 Wh/l which were lower than the case of the embodiment 3-1.
  • [C-Type Negative Electrode]
  • (Formation of Electrode)
  • Fifty grams of artificial graphite (“KS-44” made by RONZA Co., Ltd., central particle diameter D50=20.1 mm, particle size distribution of 0.1 to 150 mm, d002=0.336 nm, Lc=110 nm, La=105 nm, specific surface area=8.2 m2/g, R value=0.23, true specific gravity of 2.25 g/cm3) and 5 g of coal tar pitch from which primary QI was previously removed and which had a softening point of 80 degree Celsius (quinoline-insoluble component=trace, toluene-insoluble component=30%), and 50 g of tar middle oil were poured in a 500 ml separable flask and distilled at 200 degree Celsius and 10 Torr. After recovering tar middle oil, distillation was stopped to obtain pitch-coating graphite.
  • Because the measured value of the quinoline-soluble component of the obtained pitch coating graphite was 6.8%, the coating ratio of coat-forming carbon (volatile-component contained carbon) was equal to 0.068. A coating layer was carbonized by mixing 100 parts by weight of artificial graphite (“KS-44” made by RONZA Co., Ltd.; the property was the same as the above mentioned) with 100 parts by weight of the pitch coating graphite and heat-treating the mixture in a nitrogen atmosphere at 1,200 degree Celsius for 1 hour (temperature rise rate of 50 degree Celsius/hour). The specific surface area of the obtained coating graphite particles was 2.5 m2/g and the average particle diameter was 20.3 mm. An electrode was formed by using the coating-graphite particles as a negative-electrode active material, acetylene black (“DENKA BLACK” made by DENKI KAGAKU KOGYO K.K.) as a conductive material, and a solution obtained by dissolving polyvinylidene fluoride (“KF#1101” made by Kureha Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in N-methylpyrrolidone as a binder.
  • In this case, the blending ratio was set to the following ratio; coating-graphite particles:acetylene black:polyvinylidene fluoride=87:3:10 (weight ratio).
  • Three types of negative electrodes 1′ to 3′ respectively having a thickness of 100 μm were formed by applying the above solution to copper foil of 14 μm thickness with various thickness and then, drying it at 80 degree Celsius for 15 min, and continuously pressing it with a roller press having a radius of curvature of 30 cm.
  • A capacity test was performed in accordance with the above method by using the above negative electrodes. As an electrolyte, a solution was used which was obtained by dissolving LiPF6 having a concentration of 1 mol/kg in a mixed solvent consisting of a ratio of ethylene carbonate:dimethyl carbonate:methyl ethyl carbonate=7:6:6 (weight ratio). Table 3 shows obtained electrode densities, initial capacities, and initial efficiencies.
  • A negative electrode 4′ was formed similarly to the case of the negative electrode 1′ except for using graphitized MCMB (made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL; product No. 6-28). Table 3 shows obtained electrode densities, initial capacities, and initial efficiencies.
    TABLE 3
    Electrode
    Negative electrode density Initial capacity Initial efficiency
    No. (g/cm3) (mAh/cm3) (%)
    Negative electrode 1.35 411 91
    1′
    Negative electrode 1.46 441 91
    2′
    Negative electrode 1.54 471 90
    3′
    Negative electrode 1.44 365 89
    4′
  • As shown in Table 3, the negative electrodes 1′ to 3′ have electrode densities of 1.35 to 1.60 g/cm3, and each of them has a capacity of 400 mAh/cm3 or more, and has large capacity compared with the capacity of the negative electrode 4′ using graphitized MCMB.
  • Embodiment 4-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 268×178 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 128 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 276 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative electrode was used which was the same as the above negative electrode 2′ except for the coating thickness of an electrode. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode was described by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 72 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 158 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 86 μm was formed by the same method except for the single-side application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the stacked electrodes in Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous ethylene) held between each of the electrode as shown in FIG. 2.
  • (4) A bottom case 2 (refer to FIG. 1) of a battery was formed by bending a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm and having the shape shown in FIG. 4, inward along the broken lines L1 and moreover bending it outward along the alternate long and short dash lines L2, and then arc-welding the corners A. The upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. Furthermore, positive electrode and negative electrode 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the upper case 1 but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference along the edge A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution was made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1, and the solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as electrolyte. The hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The formed battery had a size of 300 mm×210 mm×6 mm. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 18 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 3 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged to 2.0 V by a constant current of 3 A. The discharge capacity was 27.6 Ah, energy capacity was 99 Wh, and volume energy density was 263 Wh/l.
  • (7) As a result of charging the battery and discharging the battery at a current of 30 A in a thermostatic chamber at 20 degree Celsius by the method described in the above Item (6), rise of the battery temperature at the end of discharge was small compared with the case of the assembled prismatic battery (thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • A battery was formed under the same conditions as the case of the embodiment 4-1 by using negative electrodes same as the above negative electrodes 1′ and 3′ except for the coating thickness of an electrode, and the same result as the above was obtained.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 4-1 For Comparison with Embodiment 4-1
  • A positive electrode was formed which was the same as that of the embodiment 4-1 except that slurry was applied to both sides of a current collector 102 and the electrode thickness t was 260 μm.
  • Then, a negative electrode same as the above negative electrode 4′ except for the coating thickness of the electrode was used. In the case of this comparative example, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 174 μm. A slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode of 94 μm was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-side application of the slurry. Other points were the same as the case of the embodiment 4-1.
  • As a result of forming a battery in accordance with the same method as the case of the embodiment 4-1 and measuring the capacity, the capacity was 25.6 Ah. The energy capacity was 91 Wh and the volume energy density was 240 Wh/l which were lower than the case of the embodiment 4-1.
  • Now, descriptions of embodiments of A, B, and C-type negative electrodes are completed.
  • [Preferable Separator Used for Non-Aqueous Secondary Battery of the Present Invention]
  • In the case of the present invention, it was also allowed that the positive electrode 101 a and negative electrode 101 b (or negative electrode 101 c positioned at both outer sides in the stacked electrodes) were alternately stacked with the separator 104 held between each of the layers as shown in FIG. 2.
  • It is preferable to use A- or B-type separator described below in detail although the use is not limited thereby.
  • Forming a non-aqueous secondary battery using the above separator into a flat shape is advantageous for heat radiation because the radiation area increases. The thickness of the secondary battery is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, or still more preferably less than 8 mm. The lower limit of the thickness of 2 mm or more is practical when considering a packing rate of an electrode and a battery size (to obtain the same capacity, the area increases as the thickness decreases). When the thickness of the battery becomes 12 mm or more, it is difficult to sufficiently radiate the heat in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion of the battery and the vicinity of the surface of the battery increases and fluctuations of charge quantity and voltage in the battery increase because the internal resistance differs. Though a specific thickness is properly determined in accordance with a battery capacity or energy density, it is preferable to design a battery at a maximum thickness at which an expected heat radiation characteristic is obtained.
  • [A-Type Separator]
  • An A-type separator 104 is described below in detail. FIG. 7 is an illustration showing results of measuring the thickness of the separator 104 while pressing the separator 104 in the thickness direction of the separator 104. In FIG. 7, X denotes a tangent of the thickness-pressure curve of the separator at the pressure F, and Y denotes a thickness-pressure curve of the separator.
  • First, the condition required for the separator 104 is as follows: when pressing the separator 104 at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2, the thickness A of the separator 104 is in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm or preferably in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.10 mm. Such a case in which the thickness A under pressure exceeds 0.15 mm is not preferable because the thickness of the separator 104 is too large, the internal resistance increases or the ratio of the separator 104 occupying the inside of the battery increases, and a sufficient capacity cannot be obtained. However, such a case in which the thickness A under pressure is less than 0.02 mm is not practically preferable because it is difficult to manufacture the separator.
  • As shown in FIG. 7, the separator 104 is resilient. Therefore, when applying a load to the separator 104 in its thickness direction (in FIG. 7, the abscissa shows pressure applied to the separator), the thickness of the separator 104 quickly decreases at the initial time. However, when further increasing the load, the change of the thickness of the separator 104 slowly decreases and then, the thickness hardly changes even if further applying the load. In this case, it is an important point that a separator assembled into a battery has resiliency. It is also important that the pressure applied to the separator is low in the case of a non-aqueous secondary battery although the pressure changes depending on the battery size, wall thickness or wall material of the case, or other design factors, and that the separator has resiliency at such a low pressure. Therefore, in preferable separator, when the absolute value of the change rate of the thickness of the separator 104 to a pressure (kg/cm2) (in FIG. 7, the absolute value of the tilt of the tangent line of the thickness-pressure curve Y of a separator at the pressure F, e.g. the absolute value of the tilt of the tangent line X) is defined as B (mm/(kg/cm2)), the pressure F which renders B/A=1 is in a range not less than 0.050 kg/cm2 and not more than 1.000 kg/cm2 or more preferably in a range not less than 0.050 kg/cm2 and not more than 0.700 kg/cm2. A case in which the pressure F is lower than 0.050 kg/cm2 is not preferable because a separator already loses resiliency and a sufficient cycle characteristic is not obtained. A case in which the pressure F exceeds 1.000 kg/cm2 is not preferable because a separator frequently has a very high resiliency and therefore, it is difficult to build the separator in a battery.
  • The porosity of the separator 104 is 40% or more, preferably 50% or more under the pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2, that is, when the separator has the above thickness A mm. A case in which the porosity is less than 40% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently held, the internal resistance increases, or a sufficient cycle characteristic is not obtained.
  • It is preferable to use non-woven fabric as a separator meeting the above conditions. In this case, the separator can be easily manufactured. Because non-woven fabric for a battery is finally finished by using a technique such as thermal pressing in order to adjust the thickness. Non-woven fabric has been frequently lost resiliency in the above thickness-adjusting step (some of non-woven fabrics used for clothing do not include the thickness-adjusting step and most non-woven fabrics are resilient). However, a separator used for a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention can be easily manufactured by properly setting a condition such as the thermal pressing.
  • Though a material of the separator 104 is not limited, it is possible to use polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, polyamide, kraft paper, glass, etc. However, polyethylene or polypropylene is preferable from the viewpoints of cost and moisture. Furthermore, when using polyethylene or polypropylene for the separator 104, the unit weight of the separator is preferably not less than 5 g/m2 and not more than 30 g/m2, more preferably not less than 5 g/m2 and not more than 20 g/m2, or still more preferably not less than 8 g/m2 and not more than 20 g/m2. A case in which the unit weight of a separator exceeds 30 g/m2 is not preferable because the separator becomes too thick or the porosity lowers and the internal resistance of a battery increases. A case in which the unit weight is less than 5 g/m2 is not preferable because a practical strength cannot be obtained.
  • The A-type separator is more minutely described below by using an embodiment of the separator.
  • Embodiment 5-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCoO2, 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 is 268×178 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 105 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t is 230 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 110 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 234 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 124 μm was in accordance with the same method formed except for the single-side application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the stacked electrodes in Item (3) (10 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking 8 positive electrodes and 9 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 104 (polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric) held between each of the electrodes. Table 4 shows characteristics of the separator.
  • A pressure F was calculated by stacking five separators respectively cut into 5×5 cm and measuring a pressure-thickness curve initially every 0.005 kg/cm2 and then every 0.025 kg/cm2 in a range from 0.025 kg/cm2 up to 0.500 kg/cm2 and then every 0.100 kg/cm2 in a range from 0.500 kg/cm2 up to 2.50 kg/cm2 in accordance with the method described by referring to FIG. 7. Though measurement was repeated three times every 5 hours, the value of F and the thickness A under pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2 were hardly changed.
  • (4) The bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1) was formed by wringing a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm. The upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304. The positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case and the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-eletrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. The discharge capacity was 23.3 Ah. The temperature rise of the battery while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • (7) The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles by using the battery under the same condition as the above mentioned was 21.5 Ah.
  • Embodiment 5-2
  • A battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric of the embodiment 5-2 shown in Table 4 as a separator. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. The discharge capacity was 22.8 Ah. The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 20.9 Ah.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 5-1 For Comparison with Embodiments 5-1 and 5-2
  • A battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polyethylene micro-porous film of the comparative example 5-1 shown in Table 4 as a separator and change the number of layered electrodes to 10 positive electrodes and 11 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes). The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a current of 10 A. The discharge capacity was 25.2 Ah. The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 19.0 Ah.
  • The separator is used for, for example, an 18650-type cylindrical battery. In the case of the cylindrical battery, cycle deterioration at 10 initial cycles is 90% or more. However, when using a flat battery, the discharge capacity was lowered up to the 10th cycle though the initial capacity was high because a separator was thin and the number of layered electrodes was large compared with Embodiments 5-1 and 5-2.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 5-2
  • A battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric (pressure F exceeds 0.025 kg/cm2 but it is lower than 0.050 kg/cm2) of the comparative example 5-2 shown in Table 4 as a separator. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. The discharge capacity was 21.0 Ah. The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 17.0 Ah.
  • Though the separator was the same as the separator of the embodiment 5-1 in porosity and thickness, it was not resilient. Therefore, when using the separator for a flat battery, the discharge capacity was lowered up to the 110th cycle.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 5-3
  • A battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 5-1 except for using the glass non-woven fabric of the comparative example 5-3 shown in Table 4 as a separator and change the number of layered electrodes to 6 positive electrodes and 7 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes). The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 4 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a current of 8 A. The discharge capacity was 18.1 Ah. The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 5-1 by using the battery was 17.3 Ah.
  • The separator is sufficiently resilient and has a capacity retention rate equal to those of the embodiments 5-1 and 5-2 after 10 cycles pass. However, because the separator has a large thickness, the capacity was lower than those of the embodiments 5-1 and 5-2.
    TABLE 4
    Porosity Unit
    Thickness A Pressure F at 2.5 kg/cm2 weight
    Material (mm) (kg/cm2) (%) (g/m2)
    Embodiment Polyethylene- 0.087 0.500 89.1 13.7
    5-1 polypropylene non-
    woven fabric
    Embodiment Polypropylene non- 0.072 0.050-0.075 83.0 13.1
    5-2 woven fabric
    Comparative Polyethylene micro- 0.025 <0.025 41.0 15.5
    example 5-1 porous film
    Comparative Polypropylene non- 0.100 0.025< 73.0 32
    example 5-2 woven fabric <0.050
    Comparative Glass non-woven 0.232 0.200 >90
    example 5-3 fabric

    [B-Type Separator]
  • A B-type separator is described below in detail. FIG. 8 shows a side view and a perspective view of a separator used for the non-aqueous secondary battery shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 8, the separator comprises a first separator 104 a and two second separators 104 b, in which the second separators 104 b were arranged at both sides of the first separator 104 a. The configuration of the separator is not limited. Two or more different types of separators can be used as long as the separators meet the following conditions. For example, one first separator 104 a and one second separator 104 b arranged as shown in FIG. 9 may be used, or separators of different types may be used instead of second separators 104 b of the same type shown in FIG. 8, or a second separator may be placed between two first separators in contrary to what is shown in FIG. 8.
  • Then, a first separator is more minutely described below. FIG. 7 is an illustration showing results of measuring the thickness of the first separator while applying a pressure to the first separator in its thickness direction. In FIG. 7, X denotes a tangent of the thickness curve of the separator to pressure at a pressure F and Y denotes a thickness curve of the separator to pressure.
  • First, when pressing the first separator at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2 as a condition required for the first separator, the thickness A of the first separator is kept in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.15 mm, or preferably kept in a range not less than 0.02 mm and not more than 0.10 mm. A case in which the thickness under pressure exceeds 0.15 mm is not preferable because the thickness of the separator is too large, the internal resistance increases or the rate for the separator to occupy the inside of a battery increases, and a sufficient capacity is not obtained. However, a case in which the thickness A under pressure is less than 0.02 mm is not preferable for practical use because it is difficult to manufacture the battery.
  • As shown in FIG. 7, the first separator is resilient and when applying a load to the first separator in its thickness direction (in FIG. 7, abscissa shows pressure applied to separator), the thickness of the first separator quickly decreases at the initial point of time. However, when further increasing a load, change of the thickness of the first separator slowly decreases and then, thickness is hardly changed. In this case, it is important that a separator is resilient when a battery is formed. In the case of a flat non-aqueous secondary battery, the battery size, or wall thickness or wall material of a case are changed depending on other design elements. However, it is important that a pressure to be applied to a separator is low and the separator is resilient at a low pressure. Therefore, in a preferable separator, when assuming the absolute value of the change rate of the thickness (mm) of the first separator to a pressure (kg/cm2) (in FIG. 7, tangent of thickness curve Y of separator to pressure at pressure F, such as absolute value of tilt of tangent X) as B (mm/(kg/cm2)), the pressure F in which B/A is equal to 1 is not less than 0.050 kg/cm2 and not more than 1.000 g/cm2 or more preferably not less than 0.050 kg/cm2 and not more than 0.700 kg/cm2. A case in which the pressure F is lower than 0.050 kg/cm2 is not preferable because a separator already loses its resiliency when a battery is formed and a sufficient cycle characteristic is not obtained or a case in which the pressure F exceeds 1.000 kg/cm2 is not preferable because a separator frequently has a very large resiliency and it is difficult to set the separator in a battery.
  • When the porosity of the first separator at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2, that is, at the above thickness of A mm is kept at 40% or more or preferably kept at 50% or more. A case in which the porosity is less than 40% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently kept, the internal pressure rises, or a sufficient cycle characteristic cannot be obtained.
  • It is preferable to use non-woven fabric for the first separator meeting the above conditions. In this case, it is easy to manufacture the separator. In general, non-woven fabric for a battery is finally finished in order to adjust the thickness by a technique such as thermal pressing. Non-woven fabric has frequently lost its resiliency so far in the thickness-adjusting step (some of non-woven fabrics for clothing do not have the thickness-adjusting step and most non-woven fabrics are resilient). However, a separator used for a non-aqueous secondary battery of the present invention can be easily manufactured by properly setting a condition such as the above thermal pressing.
  • Then, the second separator is more minutely described below. The second separator is a micro-porous film having a pore diameter of 5 μm or less or preferably having a pore diameter of 2 μm or less and having a porosity of 25% or more or preferably having a porosity of 30% or more. A pore diameter can be observed by an electron microscope. The above micro-porous film can use a micro-porous film generally marketed for a lithium ion battery. The second separator is used to compensate a disadvantage that a slight short circuit easily occurs when the battery is manufactured or charged or discharged because the separator has a comparatively large pore diameter and a high porosity. Therefore, a case in which the pore diameter of the second separator exceeds 5 μm is not preferable because it is impossible to compensate the above disadvantage. A case in which the porosity is less than 25% is not preferable because an electrolyte cannot be sufficiently kept or the internal resistance rises. Furthermore, because the thickness of the second separator is 0.05 mm or less, it is possible to use a separator having a thickness of not more than 5 μm and not more than 30 μm. This is because it is difficult to manufacture the separator if the thickness is too small or the internal resistance tends to rise if the thickness is too large.
  • Materials of the first and second separators are not limited. For example, it is possible to use polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and polyamide, kraft paper, and glass. However, polyethylene and polypropylene are preferable from the viewpoints of cost and moisture.
  • When using polyethylene or polypropylene for the first separator, the unit weight of the first separator is preferably not less than 5 g/m2 and 30 g/m2, more preferably not less than 5 g/m2 and not more than 20 g/m2, or still more preferably not less than 8 g/m2 and not more than 20 g/m2. A case in which the unit weight of a separator exceeds 30 g/m2 is not preferable because the separator becomes too thick, the porosity lowers, or the internal resistance of a battery rises. A case in which the unit weight is less than 5 g/m2 is not preferable because a strength for practical use cannot be obtained.
  • Though various combinations of materials of the first and second separators can be considered, it is preferable to combine different materials. In this case, the effect of shutdown of the operation of the battery is further expected, in which the shutdown occurs when a battery causes thermal runaway.
  • It is preferable to manufacture the first and second separators by laminating them together. To laminate them together, the following method can be used: mechanical mutual laminating by pressing, mutual laminating by thermal rollers, mutual laminating by chemicals, or mutual laminating by adhesive. For example, to combine one separator mainly made of polyethylene with the other separator mainly made of polypropylene, it is allowed to laminate them while melting the surface layer of the polyethylene separator by a thermal roller, taking polyethylene powder into polypropylene non-woven fabric, or laminating non-woven fabrics made of a material obtained by coating the surface of polypropylene fiber with polyethylene together by thermal rollers. It is important to perform mutual laminating without crushing voids of the above separators.
  • Embodiments of a B-type separator are more specifically described below.
  • Embodiment 6-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCO2O4, 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 is 268×178 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 95 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 210 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 270×180 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 105 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 224 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (nickel with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 119 μm was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode is set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body in Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) In the case of this embodiment, as shown in Table 5, an electrode-stacked body was formed by using polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric as a first separator and a polyethylene micro-porous film as a second separator so that the positive-electrode side became a micro-porous film, stacking the first and second separators similarly to the case of the separators shown in FIG. 9, and alternately stacking 8 positive electrodes and 9 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes) obtained in the above Item (1) through a separator 104 (constituted by stacking a polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric and a polypropylene micro-porous film). Table 5 shows characteristics of the separators.
  • A pressure F was calculated in accordance with the method described for FIG. 7 by stacking five separators respectively cut into 5×5 cm2 and measuring the pressure-thickness curve of the first separator at first every 0.005 kg/cm2, and then every 0.025 kg/cm2 in the pressure range from 0.025 kg/cm2 up to 0.500 kg/cm2 and every 0.100 kg/cm2 in the pressure range from 0.500 kg/cm2 up to 2.500 kg/cm2. As a result of repeating the above measurement three times every 5 hours, the value of F and the thickness A at a pressure of 2.500 kg/cm2 were hardly changed.
  • (4) The bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1) was formed by deep drawing of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm. The upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304. The positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the upper case was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm. The total of five batteries were formed as described above.
  • (6) The obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. Discharge capacities of the five batteries ranged between 21.1 and 21.4 Ah. The temperature rise of the batteries while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • (7) Capacities when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the above by using the above five batteries ranged between 19.2 and 20.1 Ah.
  • Embodiment 6-2
  • A battery was formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 6-1 except for using the polypropylene non-woven fabric of the embodiment 6-2 shown in Table 5 as a first separator. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. The discharge capacity was 21.0 Ah. The capacity when repeating charge and discharge by 10 cycles under the same condition as the case of the embodiment 6-1 by using the battery was 19.0 Ah.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 6-1 For Comparison with Embodiment 6-1
  • Five batteries were formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 6-1 except for using only the polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric same as the first separator of the embodiment 6-1 shown in Table 5 as a first separator without using a second separator and change the number of stacked electrodes to 8 positive electrodes (thickness of either-side electrode layer was 105 μm) and 9 negative electrodes (including two single-sided electrodes and thickness of either-side electrode layer was 110 μm). The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. The discharge capacities of three batteries ranged between 23.1 and 23.3 Ah but the capacities of two remaining batteries were 19.5 Ah and 14.3 Ah and a slight short circuit was found. Because the comparative example 6-1 did not use a second separator, the electrode packing rate was improved compared with the case of the embodiment 6-1 but a slight short circuit easily occurred through the initial capacity was high.
    TABLE 5
    Porosity Unit
    Thickness A Pressure F at 2.5 kg/cm2 weight
    Separator Material (mm) (kg/cm2) (%) (g/m2)
    Embodiment First Polyethylene- 0.087 0.500 89.1 13.7
    6-1 separator polypropylene
    non-woven
    fabric
    Second Polyethylene 0.025 <0.025 41.0 15.5
    separator micro-porous
    film
    Embodiment First Polypropylene 0.072 0.050-0.075 83.0 13.1
    6-2 separator non-woven
    fabric

    [Positioning of Electrode Unit]
  • A preferred embodiment of the present invention for positioning an electrode unit using a separator is described below. In the case of this embodiment, a separator 104 is bonded to a positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c.
  • It has been very difficult so far to stack a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and a separator having a size of 272×182 mm larger than the negative electrode while accurately positioning them which have different size to each other. However, this embodiment makes it possible to solve the above problem by bonding at least one of a plurality of separators to a positive or negative electrode or to both positive and negative electrodes. In this case, it is more preferable to bond a plurality of separators to a positive or negative electrode or to both positive and negative electrodes or particularly preferable to bond all separators to a positive or negative electrode or to both positive and negative electrodes. This embodiment solves the above problem by bonding the separator 104 of this embodiment to the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c. When setting dimensions of the positive electrode 101 a to 268×178 mm, it is necessary to make dimensions of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c slightly larger than those of the positive electrode 101 a in order to prevent deposition of lithium on a negative electrode. For example, it is necessary to adjust dimensions of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c to 270×180 mm.
  • Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 11A to 11C, a positive electrode unit 111 a is formed by bonding a positive electrode 101 a with a separator 104, a negative electrode unit 111 b is formed by bonding a negative electrode 101 b with the separator 104, and a single-sided negative electrode unit 111 c is formed by bonding a single-sided negative electrode 101 c with the separator 104. In this case, the size of the separator 104 is equal to each other irrelevant to the sizes of the positive electrode 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c. Therefore, by aligning only the separator 104, it is possible to easily stack the positive electrode 101 a, negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c having different sizes, and separator 104.
  • Because the separator 104 is not shifted when bonding it with the positive electrode 101 a or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c, it is possible to make the size of the separator 104 equal to the size of the negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c. By removing the portion of a separator protruding beyond the electrodes, it is possible to improve the electrode packing efficiency corresponding to the size of the removed portion. A case is described above in which the separator 104 is bonded to the positive electrode 101 a or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c which are previously cut into predetermined dimensions. However, bonding of a separator is not limited to the above case. For example, it is possible to bond a separator to hoop electrodes and then cut the electrodes. Thus, it is possible to use various methods.
  • A method for bonding the separator 104 with the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c is not limited. However, it is important that all or most of pores of the separator 104 are not blocked (the separator does not have electron conductivity as raw material, and thus it must hold an electrolyte and have pores through which ions held in the electrolyte move between positive and negative electrodes). Namely, it is important that electrolyte passages are securely maintained to hold the penetration through the separator 104 from the front surface to the rear surface.
  • Specifically, methods for bonding the separator 104 with the positive electrode 101 a and/or negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c include mechanical bonding by pressing, bonding due to fusion of a part of a separator, bonding by chemicals, and bonding by adhesive and so on. Particularly, it is preferable to fuse a separator by heat and bond it with an electrode because impurities are not contained, the separator is not easily creased, and moreover warpage or burr of the electrode produced due to a slit or the like can be corrected at the same time. In this case, it is possible to easily bond a separator made of polyethylene having a low fusing point. In the case of non-woven fabric, when using a composite separator made of materials having different fusing points, for example, when using polypropylene as the core material of fiber and polyethylene as an external layer or mixing polyethylene powder in polypropylene non-woven fabric, it is possible to more easily bond the separator without closing pores of the separator. A method of mixing polyethylene into an electrode and bonding a polypropylene separator is a simple method.
  • When bonding a separator with an electrode by fusing the separator, it is preferable to heat the electrode so that the very surface of the separator is fused when the separator contacts the electrode. In this case, it is possible to bond the separator with the electrode by heating the electrode up to a temperature equal to the fusing point of the separator or higher and pressing them in a short time without closing pores of the separator. In this case, it is not necessary that the entire surface of the electrode is bonded with the entire surface of the separator. It is allowed that a part of the electrode is bonded with a part of the separator so that their position is not shifted when the battery is formed.
  • The bonding structure of the positive electrode 101 a, negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c, and separator 104 is effective when stacking pluralities of electrodes and separators whose positioning is particularly difficult, particularly when stacking five electrodes or more and five separators or more, however it is possible to use this structure for other cases.
  • Embodiments for positioning an electrode unit using a spacer are more specifically described below.
  • Embodiment 7-1
  • (1) A positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of LiCO2O4, 8 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 3 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm serving as a current collector, and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 6 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 was 268×178 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 20 μm thickness at a thickness of 95 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 210 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • (2) A negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB, made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd., product No. 6-28) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm serving as a current collector, drying the foil and then pressing the foil. Because the shape of the electrode is the same as that of the above-described positive electrode, the negative electrode is described below by referring to FIG. 6. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 101 is 270×180 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the current collector 102 of 14 μm thickness at a thickness of 105 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 224 μm. One of the edge portions of the shorter side of the current collector 102 was not coated in 1 cm width and a tab 103 (aluminum with a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side in accordance with the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 119 μm was formed in accordance with the same method except for the single-sided application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body in Item (3) (101 c in FIG. 2).
  • (3) A positive electrode unit 111 a, negative electrode unit 111 b, and single-sided negative electrode unit 111 c were formed by bonding a separator 104 obtained by laminating polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric of 272×180 mm2 (thickness of 87 μm) and a polypropylene micro-porous film (thickness of 25 μm) to a positive electrode 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c at the positional relation shown in FIGS. 12A to 12C. Each electrode was bonded with the polyethylene-polypropylene non-woven fabric side of the separator 104. Specifically, the separator 104 and electrodes (positive electrode 101 a and negative electrodes 101 b and 101 c) were stacked in the order at a predetermined position and heated from the electrode side by an iron at approximately 140 degree Celsius to bond them. After bonding them, the separator 104 was observed by removing it from some of the electrode units 111 a, 111 b, and 111 c. As a result, the state of surface pores of the separator 104 was hardly changed from the state before the separator 104 was bonded. An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking eight positive-electrode units 111 a, seven negative-electrode units 111 b, one single-sided negative-electrode unit 111 c, one single-sided negative electrode 101 c not bonded with the separator 104, and the separator 104 as shown in FIG. 10.
  • (4) The bottom case 2 of the battery (refer to FIG. 1) was formed by deep drawing of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304 into a depth of 5 mm. The upper case 1 of the battery was also formed of a 0.5 mm thin plate made of SUS304. The positive and negative electrodes made of SUS304 3 and 4 (diameter of 6 mm) were set to the upper case and a safety-vent hole (diameter of 8 mm) was formed on the upper case but the positive and negative electrodes 3 and 4 were insulated from the upper case 1 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each positive-electrode tab 103 a of the electrode-stacked body formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the positive-electrode tab 3 and each negative-electrode tab 103 b of it was welded to the negative-electrode tab 4 through a connection line and the electrode-stacked body was set to the bottom case 2 and fixed by an insulating tape to laser-weld the entire circumference of the corner A in FIG. 1. Thereafter, a solution was made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1. The solution was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and the upper case was closed by aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm. The total of five batteries were formed.
  • (6) The obtained battery was respectively charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. Discharge capacities ranged between 21.3 and 21.5 Ah. The temperature rise of the batteries while discharged was small compared with the case of a prismatic battery (battery having a thickness of 12 mm or more) having the same capacity.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 7-1
  • Five batteries were formed similarly to the case of the embodiment 7-1 except that a separator was not bonded. The obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.1 V by a current of 5 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.1 V. Then, the batteries were discharged up to 2.5 V by a constant current of 10 A. Discharge capacities of three batteries ranged between 20.9 and 21.3 Ah but those of two remaining batteries were 18.5 and 14.3 Ah and a slight short circuit occurred.
  • Now, description of positioning of A- and B-type separators and an electrode unit using a separator is completed.
  • A preferable control method of the above secondary batteries of the present invention is described below by referring to the accompanying drawings. FIG. 13 shows a secondary battery 111 embodying the present invention. The battery 111 is provided with a positive terminal 112 p and a negative terminal 112 n. These positive and negative terminals are generally attached to a battery. Charge and discharge of a battery have been controlled so far by measuring the voltage, internal resistance, current between these two terminals, etc. A battery of the present invention is further provided with operation- characteristic measuring terminals 113 p, 113 n, 114 p, and 114 n for measuring internal information of the battery. For example, fluctuation of temperatures in a battery can be measured by connecting the end of a thermocouple reaching the central portion of the battery to the positive and negative terminals 113 p and 113 n and thereby measuring the temperature of the inner portion of the battery, moreover connecting the end of a thermocouple located nearby the surface of the battery to the positive and negative terminals 114 p and 114 n and thereby measuring the fluctuation of temperatures in the battery, and comparing these measured values. Voltages in the battery can be measured by connecting voltage-measuring lines extending from different portions of the battery to the terminals 113 p, 113 n, 114 p, and 114 n and measuring the potential difference from the positive terminal 112 p. Furthermore, it is possible to measure the voltage fluctuation in the battery by measuring voltages between the terminals 113 p to 113 n and between the terminals 114 p to 114 n. Data signals thus measured are sent to a control unit through connection lines AA1 to AAn in the block diagram (FIG. 14) to determine the fluctuation degree by the control unit, output a command for changing charge and discharge conditions or stopping charge and discharge to a charge-and-discharge control unit, or output a cooling-fan operating command and other operation control commands in accordance with the fluctuation degree. As a result, even if fluctuation of operation characteristics occurs in the battery, it is possible to eliminate or moderate the fluctuation or prevent the deterioration of the safety or reliability due to the fluctuation, by conducting a control in accordance with the fluctuation.
  • A control method of the present invention is used for a household energy storage system (for nighttime power storage, cogeneration, photovoltaic power generation, or the like) or a energy storage system of an electric vehicle and a secondary battery used for the system has a large capacity and a high energy density. It is preferable for the secondary battery to have an energy capacity of 30 Wh or more or it is more preferable for the secondary battery to have an energy capacity of 50 Wh or more. It is preferable for the secondary battery to have a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more or it is more preferable for the secondary battery to have a volume energy density of 200 Wh/l. When the energy capacity is less than 30 Wh or the volume energy density is lower than 180 Wh/l, this method is not preferable because the capacity is too small to be used for a energy storage system it is necessary to increase the numbers of batteries connected in series and in parallel in order to obtain a sufficient system capacity, or a compact design becomes difficult.
  • From the above viewpoints, a nickel-hydrogen battery or a lithium secondary battery provided with a non-aqueous electrolyte containing lithium salt is preferable as a secondary battery of the present invention and particularly, a lithium secondary battery is optimum.
  • It is preferable to use materials, dimensions, and shapes of secondary-battery components such as a positive electrode, negative electrode, separator, and the plate thickness of a battery case having the characteristics already described.
  • A secondary battery of the present invention is characterized by measuring the fluctuation of operation characteristics produced in a battery and controlling the battery in accordance with the measurement result. Operation characteristics to be measured include not only characteristics directly related to charge and discharge operations such as voltage, current, temperature, and internal resistance but also characteristics indirectly related to charge and discharge operations such as dimension and pressure to be changed due to gas generation caused under severe operations. It is possible to use various measuring means normally used for these characteristics for measurement. Though the number of measuring points in a battery (in a single cell) is determined in accordance with the shape of a battery, requested control accuracy, or measuring means, it is preferable to measure at least one operation characteristic at at least 2 points and compare measurement results.
  • For example, when selecting a voltage as an operation characteristic to be measured, it is possible to know the fluctuation of voltages in a battery by measuring voltages at a plurality of points of the battery or measuring an electrode terminal voltage and a voltage at one point or voltages at a plurality of points of the battery and comparing them. When measuring temperature as an operation characteristic, it is possible to know the fluctuation of temperatures in a battery by comparing the temperatures at a plurality of points such as the inner portion and the vicinity of the surface of a battery, a terminal and the surface of a battery case, an upper portion a and lower portion of a battery case, and so on. When measuring a dimensional change of a battery case, it is possible to easily know the state of a battery by measuring the thickness of the battery. In this case, it is possible to know the fluctuation of dimensions of a battery, particularly the fluctuation of dimensional changes by measuring a plurality of battery thicknesses from the outside of the battery and comparing the measured thicknesses.
  • It is possible to combine measurements of a plurality of operation characteristics. From the viewpoint of measurement efficiency, however, it is preferable to minimize the number of measuring points by selecting measuring points representing fluctuations of operation characteristics of a battery.
  • In the case of a control method of the present invention, fluctuation of operation characteristics of a secondary battery is controlled so as to eliminate or moderate the fluctuation or prevent the deterioration of the safety and reliability. Control can be performed by various methods in accordance with the sort of operation characteristics. For example, when the fluctuation of differences between surface temperature and internal temperature is measured and it is determined that the fluctuation must be moderated, controls are performed to lower the current of charge and discharge, to operate a cooling of a fan, or to stop charge or discharge according to the circumstances. When fluctuation of internal resistances between electrodes in a battery occurs, there are some cases in which current is concentrated on a portion having a small internal resistance and local overcharge occurs. In this case, by performing controls of pressing from the outside of a battery case and reduction of charge rate, it is possible to prevent local overcharge and secure the safety depending on the fluctuation in internal resistance.
  • The method of the present invention for controlling a secondary battery for a energy storage system can be applied to each cell or the cells selected according to a necessity in a module formed by combining a plurality of single cells or in a battery system formed by combining the modules. In this case, as a control mode, it is possible to use conventionally proposed cell basis control or module basis control together with cell by cell control of the present invention. Further, it is possible to control a module or battery system by utilizing the fluctuation information regarding each of different cells. For example, when each of the cells shows similar operation-characteristic, simultaneous control can be performed for each of the modules or whole of the battery system.
  • It is possible to perform the control according to a safety requirement related to the amount of charged or discharged energy, in such a manner that in a usual state charge or discharge is controlled based on an operation characteristic, e.g. the measurement of the voltage of a position of a battery, and a control based on a temperature measurement is added when the amount of charged or discharged energy has increased, and a control base on a dimension measurement is added when the amount has further increased.
  • In the case of a secondary-battery control method of the present invention, a battery is charged by charging equipment such as a photovoltaic cells, a commercial power system, or an electric generator, etc., and is discharged for loads such as a motor, an electric lamp, a household unit, etc. Therefore, it is possible to perform a control by utilizing the operational information of the unit or equipment, or to operate the unit or equipment in accordance with the state of the battery.
  • In the case of the above-described secondary-battery control method of the present invention, it is possible to improve the reliability and safety by performing control corresponding to the fluctuation of operation characteristics in a battery. However, it is preferable to design a battery so as to reduce the fluctuation of operation characteristics in the battery. Therefore, in the case of the present invention, a battery is formed into a flat shape and the thickness of the battery is preferably less than 12 mm, more preferably less than 10 mm, and still more preferably less than 8 mm. When the thickness of a battery is 12 mm or more, it is difficult to radiate the heat in the battery to the outside or the temperature difference between the inner portion and the surface of the battery increases, the fluctuation in the battery increases, and control becomes complicated.
  • A control method of the present invention is more specifically described below based on an embodiment of the control method.
  • Embodiment 8-1
  • (1) Positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF) with 100 parts by weight of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 15 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 1101 was 133×198 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of 20-μm aluminum foil 1102 at a thickness of 120 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness was 260 μm. One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W2 and having a width of 1 cm was not coated with the electrode, and a tab 1103 (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) was welded thereto.
  • (2) Negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB: made by OSAKA GAS CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.; product No. 628) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm and drying and pressing the foil. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 15. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 1101 was 135×200 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the copper foil 1102 at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t is 174 μm. One of the edge portions of the current collector extending along the arrow W2 and having a width of 1 cm is not coated with the electrode, and a tab 1103 (nickel having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 6 mm) is welded thereto.
  • Slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 94 μm was formed by the same method other than the side. The single-sided electrode is set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body in the following Item (3) (1101 n′ in FIG. 17).
  • (3) Two electrode-stacked bodies were formed by alternately stacking nine positive electrodes 1101 p and ten negative electrodes (eight both-sided electrodes 1101 n and two single-sided electrodes 1101 n′) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 1104 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between the electrode as shown in FIG. 17.
  • (4) The battery bottom case (122 in FIG. 16) was formed by deep-drawing a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. A battery case upper case (121 in FIG. 16) was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm.
  • Terminals 113 and 114 made of SUS304 (diameter of 6 mm) and a safety-vent hole 117 (diameter of 8 mm) were formed on the battery case upper case, and the terminals 113 and 114 were insulated from the battery case upper-case 111 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) Each of the positive terminals 1103 p of two electrode-stacked bodies formed in the above Item (3) was welded to the terminal 113 and each of the negative electrodes 1103 n of the bodies was welded to the terminal 114 and then, the electrode-stacked bodies were stacked on the battery bottom case 122 and fixed by an insulating tape. To measure temperatures of portions X and Y in FIG. 17, a film thermocouple made by Phillips Corp. was attached to the negative-electrode current collector of each portion and the lead wire of each thermocouple was connected to the positive electrodes 115 p and 116 p and negative electrodes 115 n and 116 n. A spacer 1105 was present between two stacked bodies in order to form a space for accommodating the Y-portion thermocouple. Under the above state, the entire circumference of the portion A in FIG. 16 was laser-welded. Thereafter, a solution made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1 was poured through a safety-vent hole as an electrolyte and hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm. It is possible to measure the temperature nearby the surface in the battery in accordance with the potential difference between the positive and negative terminals 115 p and 115 n and the temperature of the inner portion in the battery in accordance with the potential difference between 116 p and 116 n and to measure the temperature fluctuation in the battery by comparing the above potential differences.
  • (6) The formed battery has dimensions of 165×230 mm2 and a thickness of 10 mm. The obtained battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V by a current of 10 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V. Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.0 V by a current of 30 A. The discharge capacity was 22 Ah, energy capacity was 78 Wh, and energy density was 205 Wh/l.
  • (7) The battery was charged and discharged under the conditions in the above Item (6) while measuring temperatures of the X and Y portions. However, when a difference occurred between internal temperature and external temperature, charge or discharge was stopped and charge and discharge were repeated so that the fluctuation of internal and external temperatures did not occur. As a result, charge and discharge could be performed up to 10 cycles.
  • COMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 8-1 For Comparison with Embodiment 8-1
  • Charge and discharge were repeated 10 times by using a battery and charge and discharge conditions same as the case of the embodiment under a constant condition without control according to measurement of the internal temperature of the battery. As a result, the thickness of the battery was increased and the internal resistance was raised.
  • Embodiment 8-2
  • (1) Positive-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of spinel-type LiMn2O4 (made by SEIMI CHEMICAL; product No. M063), 10 parts by weight of acetylene black, and 5 parts by weight of PVdF with 100 parts by weight of NMP. A positive electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm and drying and pressing the foil. FIG. 18 is an illustration of an electrode. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of an electrode 1201 was 258×168 mm2 and slurry was applied to both sides of 20-μm aluminum foil 1202 at a thickness of 120 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 260 μm. Both of the edge portions and the central portion of the current collector in the view of the longitudinal direction of the collector was not coated with the electrode in the width of 1 cm, and a tabs 1203 a, 1203 b, and 1203 c (aluminum having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 4 mm) was welded thereto.
  • A measuring electrode having measuring electrodes 1204 a, 1204 b, and 1204 c was formed in order to measure the fluctuation of internal voltages. The electrode was formed by welding a 3 mm-square expand metal (aluminum) having a thickness of 50 μm to one end of a slender piece of stainless-steel foil having a width of 3 mm and a thickness of 10 μm, attaching the expand metal to the surface of a positive electrode in a battery, bonding the stainless-steel foil to the positive electrode while insulating it from the positive electrode, and positioning the other end of the piece of the foil to protrude beyond an edge of the positive electrode to form a terminal.
  • (2) Negative-electrode mixture slurry was obtained by mixing 100 parts by weight of graphitized mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB) and 10 parts by weight of PVdF with 90 parts by weight of NMP. A negative electrode was obtained by applying the slurry to both sides of a copper foil having a thickness of 14 μm and drying and pressing the foil. Because the shape of the negative electrode is the same as the above positive electrode, the negative electrode is described by referring to FIG. 18. In the case of this embodiment, the coating area (W1×W2) of the electrode 1201 is 260×170 mm2 and the slurry was applied to both sides of the copper foil 1202 of 14 μm at a thickness of 80 μm. As a result, the electrode thickness t was 174 μm. Both of the edge portions and the central portion of the current collector in the view of the longitudinal direction of the collector was not coated with the electrode in the width of 1 cm, and a tabs 1203 a′, 1203 b′, and 1203 c′ (copper having a thickness of 0.1 mm and a width of 4 mm) was welded thereto.
  • To measure the fluctuation of internal voltages, measuring electrodes having protruded ends as measuring electrodes 1204 a′, 1204 b′, and 1204 c′ were formed, in the same manner as in the positive electrode, by welding a 3 mm-square expand metal (copper) having a thickness of 50 μm to an end of a slender piece of stainless-steel foil having a width of 3 mm and a thickness of 10 μm.
  • Furthermore, slurry was applied to only one side by the same method and a single-sided electrode having a thickness of 94 μm was formed by the same method other than the single-sided application of the slurry. The single-sided electrode was set to the outermost of the electrode-stacked body stated in the following Item (3) (1201 n′ in FIG. 19).
  • (3) An electrode-stacked body was formed by alternately stacking ten positive electrodes 1201 p and eleven negative electrodes (nine both-sided electrodes 1201 n and two single-sided electrodes 1201 n′) obtained in the above Item (1) with a separator 1205 (made by TONEN TAPIRUSU Co., Ltd.; made of porous polyethylene) held between each of the electrode as shown in FIG. 19. A separator made of polypropylene non-woven fabric having a thickness of 100 μm was set between electrodes provided with internal-potential measuring terminals. The positive electrodes and negative electrodes were stacked so that their terminals protrude in mutually opposite direction.
  • (4) A battery bottom case (same as symbol 122 in FIG. 16) was formed by deep-drawing a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. The battery upper case (symbol 1211 in FIG. 20) was also formed of a thin plate made of SUS304 having a thickness of 0.5 mm. The following were formed on the battery upper case as shown in FIG. 20: charge- discharge terminals 1213 a, 1213 b and 1213 c, 1214 a, 1214 b and 1214 c (diameter of 6 mm) which were made of SUS304, voltage-measuring terminals 1215 a, 1215 b and 1215 c, and 1216 a, 1216 b and 1216 c (diameter of 3 mm), and a safety-vent hole 117 (diameter of 8 mm). The terminals 1213 a, 1213 b and 1213 c, and 1214 a, 1214 b and 1214 c, 1215 a, 1215 b and 1215 c, and 1216 a, 1216 b and 1216 c were insulated from the battery upper case 1211 by a polypropylene packing.
  • (5) A series of charge-discharge positive and negative electrodes and their positive-electrode- and negative-electrode-voltage measuring terminals on two electrode stacked bodies formed in the above Item (3) were welded to connection terminals on the battery case through connection lines as shown below.
    Connection terminal on
    Terminal of electrode-layered body battery case
    Charge-discharge positive-electrode tab 1203a Terminal 1213a
    Charge-discharge positive-electrode tab 1203b Terminal 1213b
    Charge-discharge positive-electrode tab 1203c Terminal 1213c
    Charge-discharge negative-electrode tab 1203a Terminal 1214a
    Charge-discharge negative-electrode tab 1203b′ Terminal 1214b
    Charge-discharge negative-electrode tab 1203c′ Terminal 1214c
    Positive-electrode measuring electrode 1204a Terminal 1215a
    Positive-electrode measuring electrode 1204b Terminal 1215b
    Positive-electrode measuring electrode 1204c Terminal 1215c
    Negative-electrode measuring electrode 1204a′ Terminal 1216a
    Negative-electrode measuring electrode 1204b′ Terminal 1216b
    Negative-electrode measuring electrode 1204c′ Terminal 1216c
  • Thereafter, the electrode-stacked bodies were stacked on the bottom of the battery bottom case 122 and fixed by an insulating tape, and the entire circumference of a portion corresponding to the edgy portion A in FIG. 16 was laser-welded. Thereafter, a solution was made by dissolving LiPF6 at a concentration of 1 mol/l in a solvent obtained by mixing ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a weight ratio of 1:1. The solution was poured through a safety-vent hole 117 as an electrolyte and the hole was closed by using aluminum foil having a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • (6) The formed battery has dimensions of 300×210 mm2 and a thickness of 6 mm. The battery was charged and discharged so that a potential difference did not occur between the positive-electrode- voltage measuring terminals 1215 a, 1215 b, and 1215 c or between the negative-electrode- voltage measuring terminals 1216 a, 1216 b, and 1216 c by measuring the potential difference between the positive-electrode- voltage measuring terminals 1215 a, 1215 b, and 1215 c and the potential difference between the negative-electrode- voltage measuring terminals 1216 a, 1216 b, and 1216 c and controlling the current to be supplied to the charge-discharge terminals ( positive terminals 1213 a, 1213 b, and 1213 c and the negative terminals 1214 a, 1214 b, and 1214 c). That is, charge and discharge were controlled so as to eliminate the fluctuation of potentials for charge and discharge in cells. The battery was charged by a constant-current/constant-voltage charging for 8 hours, in which the battery was charged up to 4.3 V (potential between terminals 1213 b and 1214 b) by a current of 10 A and then charged by a constant voltage of 4.3 V.
  • Then, the battery was discharged up to 2.0 V by a constant current of 5 A. The discharge capacity was 23 Ah, energy capacity was 81 Wh, and volume energy density was 210 Wh/l.
  • (7) Charge and discharge were repeated 10 times while performing the above control. For comparison, the same level of charge and discharge were repeated 10 times only by the connection to the terminal and electrode 1213 a and 1214 a. As a result, the battery controlled in accordance with the method of the embodiment was less deteriorated in capacity. Now, description of methods of the present invention is completed.
  • As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a non-aqueous secondary battery applicable to energy storage which has a large capacity of 30 Wh or more and a volume energy density of 180 Wh/l or more and is superior in heat radiation characteristic and safely used. By a specific negative electrode provided, it is possible to provide a non-aqueous secondary battery applicable to energy storage system and having features of large capacity and high safety.
  • Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a flat non-aqueous secondary battery, particularly a flat battery having a large capacity and a high volume energy density, which is further superior in cycle characteristic by comprising one type of separator or two types or more of separators having a specific resiliency.
  • Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a flat non-aqueous secondary battery, particularly a flat battery having a large capacity and a high volume energy density, which is superior in heat radiation characteristic, and has a low probability of making short circuit during assembling of a battery based on the bonding of a separator with an electrode.
  • Furthermore, according to a control method of the present invention, reliabilities such as safety and cycle characteristic of a battery are further improved because of measuring the fluctuation of operation characteristics in the battery and controlling charge and discharge in accordance with the measurement results.
  • Furthermore, according to a secondary battery of the present invention provided with positive and negative terminals for charge and discharge and terminals for measuring internal operation characteristics, it is possible to easily and securely perform the above control.

Claims (13)

1-30. (canceled)
31. A non-aqueous secondary battery comprising at least one positive electrode and at least one negative electrode and a lithium salt-containing electrolyte, the battery being at lest 30 Wh in energy capacity and at least 180 Wh/l in volume energy density and having a flat shape with a thickness of less than 12 mm and not less than 2 mm.
32. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the positive electrode contains manganese oxide.
33. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the negative electrode comprises as active material double-structure graphite particles formed with graphite-based particles and amorphous carbon layers covering the surface of the graphite-based particles, the graphite-based particles having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of not more than 0.34 nm as measured by X-ray wide-angle diffraction method, the amorphous carbon layers having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of 0.34 nm or higher.
34. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 32, wherein the negative electrode comprises as active material double-structure graphite particles formed with graphite-based particles and amorphous carbon layers covering the surface of the graphite-based particles, the graphite-based particles having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of not more than 0.34 nm as measured by X-ray wide-angle diffraction method, the amorphous carbon layers having (d002) spacing of (002) planes of 0.34 nm or higher.
35. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the negative electrode comprises as active material a carbon material manufactured by mixing at least one of artificial graphite and natural graphite with a carbon material having volatile components on the surface and/or in the inside and baking the mixture.
36. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 32, wherein the negative electrode comprises as active material a carbon material manufactured by mixing at least one of artificial graphite and natural graphite with a carbon material having volatile components on the surface and/or in the inside and baking the mixture.
37. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the front and rear sides of the flat shape are rectangular.
38. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the wall thickness of a battery case of the non-aqueous secondary battery is not less than 0.2 mm and not more than 1 mm.
39. The non-aqueous secondary battery according to claim 31, wherein the wall thickness of a battery case of the non-aqueous secondary battery is not less than 0.2 mm and not more than 0.7 mm.
40. A secondary-battery control method to be applied to the secondary battery of claim 31, comprising the steps of measuring operational parameters at different portions of the battery and controlling operations of the battery based on the results of the measurement.
41. The secondary-battery control method according to claim 40, wherein the operational parameters to be measured include at least one of voltage, tension of current, temperature, dimensions, and internal resistance of the secondary battery.
42. The secondary-battery control method according to claim 40, wherein charge and discharge conditions and resting conditions of the battery, battery temperatures adjusted by heating or cooling, and pressure against the battery case are controlled based on the results of the measurement.
US10/981,990 1998-05-20 2004-11-05 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method Abandoned US20050118500A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/486,672 US7642001B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-07-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/504,362 US8110303B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-08-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method

Applications Claiming Priority (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP1998-138347 1998-05-20
JP13834798 1998-05-20
JP16537398 1998-06-12
JP1998-165373 1998-06-12
JP1998-369969 1998-12-25
JP1998-369928 1998-12-25
JP36993698 1998-12-25
JP1998-369986 1998-12-25
JP36998698 1998-12-25
JP36992898 1998-12-25
JP36996998 1998-12-25
JP1998-369936 1998-12-25
JP1998-373667 1998-12-28
JP37366798 1998-12-28
JP6507299 1999-03-11
JP1999-65072 1999-03-11

Related Parent Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/700,988 Continuation US6902847B1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-05-20 Non-aqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
US09700988 Continuation 1999-05-20
PCT/JP1999/002658 Continuation WO1999060652A1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-05-20 Nonaqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/486,672 Division US7642001B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-07-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/504,362 Continuation US8110303B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-08-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050118500A1 true US20050118500A1 (en) 2005-06-02

Family

ID=27572567

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/700,988 Expired - Lifetime US6902847B1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-05-20 Non-aqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
US10/637,450 Expired - Fee Related US6951699B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2003-08-08 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US10/981,990 Abandoned US20050118500A1 (en) 1998-05-20 2004-11-05 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/150,802 Abandoned US20050233204A1 (en) 1998-05-20 2005-06-10 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/486,672 Expired - Fee Related US7642001B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-07-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/504,362 Expired - Fee Related US8110303B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-08-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/700,988 Expired - Lifetime US6902847B1 (en) 1998-05-20 1999-05-20 Non-aqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
US10/637,450 Expired - Fee Related US6951699B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2003-08-08 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/150,802 Abandoned US20050233204A1 (en) 1998-05-20 2005-06-10 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/486,672 Expired - Fee Related US7642001B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-07-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US11/504,362 Expired - Fee Related US8110303B2 (en) 1998-05-20 2006-08-14 Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (6) US6902847B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1083618B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4854112B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100409210B1 (en)
AU (1) AU3850199A (en)
CA (1) CA2332452C (en)
WO (1) WO1999060652A1 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050233213A1 (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-10-20 Lee Sang-Min Negative active material for a rechargeable lithium battery, a method of preparing the same, and a rechargeable lithium battery comprising the same
US20060222955A1 (en) * 2005-04-04 2006-10-05 Kenichi Ogawa Battery
US20070243469A1 (en) * 2006-04-17 2007-10-18 Gue-Sung Kim Anode active material and method of preparing the same
US20080052900A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Seiko Epson Corporation Method for manufacturing a secondary battery
US20100028769A1 (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 Nec Tokin Corporation Stacked secondary battery
US8048339B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-11-01 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Porous anode active material, method of preparing the same, and anode and lithium battery employing the same
US20120032644A1 (en) * 2009-04-17 2012-02-09 Hideki Hagiwara Battery system, vehicle, and battery-mounting device
US20130055553A1 (en) * 2011-09-05 2013-03-07 O2Micro Inc. Systems and methods for grouping batteries
US9527807B2 (en) 2011-04-05 2016-12-27 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Sulfonamide derivative and use thereof

Families Citing this family (129)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100409210B1 (en) * 1998-05-20 2003-12-12 오사까 가스 가부시키가이샤 Nonaqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
JP4601109B2 (en) * 2000-02-01 2010-12-22 株式会社Kri Non-aqueous secondary battery
JP4594478B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2010-12-08 株式会社Kri Non-aqueous secondary battery
JP4818498B2 (en) * 2000-07-25 2011-11-16 シャープ株式会社 Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
US6852451B2 (en) 2000-09-06 2005-02-08 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery having a carbonaceous material containing negative electrode and a nonaqueous electrolyte containing a nonaqueous solvent
JP4688305B2 (en) * 2001-02-08 2011-05-25 株式会社Kri Non-aqueous secondary battery
JP4594540B2 (en) * 2001-02-28 2010-12-08 株式会社Kri Non-aqueous secondary battery charge / discharge method
JP2002270245A (en) * 2001-03-14 2002-09-20 Osaka Gas Co Ltd Nonaqueous secondary cell
JP2002270246A (en) * 2001-03-14 2002-09-20 Osaka Gas Co Ltd Nonaqueous secondary cell
JP4859277B2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2012-01-25 株式会社Kri Non-aqueous secondary battery
JP4369129B2 (en) * 2001-04-27 2009-11-18 太陽誘電株式会社 Organic electrolyte battery
JP4383008B2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2009-12-16 本田技研工業株式会社 Fuel cell separator, method of laminating membrane / electrode assembly, and laminating apparatus
US6852444B2 (en) * 2001-09-20 2005-02-08 Daramic, Inc. Reinforced multilayer separator for lead-acid batteries
US6869726B2 (en) * 2001-09-20 2005-03-22 Daramic, Inc. Reinforced multilayer separator for lead-acid batteries
CA2394056A1 (en) * 2002-07-12 2004-01-12 Hydro-Quebec Particles with a non-conductive or semi-conductive core covered by a conductive layer, the processes for obtaining these particles and their use in electrochemical devices
JP3729164B2 (en) 2002-08-05 2005-12-21 日産自動車株式会社 Automotive battery
WO2005011028A1 (en) * 2003-07-28 2005-02-03 Showa Denko K.K. High density electrode and battery using the electrode
US20060188777A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2006-08-24 Hiroshi Kaneta Lithium ion secondary cell
EP1525900B1 (en) * 2003-10-24 2006-05-03 Amaxa GmbH Process for the formation of electrically contactable conductors on a conductive polymer and products obtainable therewith
US10629947B2 (en) 2008-08-05 2020-04-21 Sion Power Corporation Electrochemical cell
US7736801B2 (en) * 2004-03-23 2010-06-15 Nec Corporation Film covered electric device and method of manufacturing the same
JP3705801B1 (en) * 2004-03-29 2005-10-12 シャープ株式会社 Lithium ion secondary battery
JP2005285633A (en) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Osaka Gas Co Ltd Non-aqueous system secondary battery and its charging method
JP3769291B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2006-04-19 株式会社東芝 Non-aqueous electrolyte battery
TWI246371B (en) * 2004-06-02 2005-12-21 Antig Tech Co Ltd Electronic circuit board for integrating fuel cell
JP2006222066A (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-08-24 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery pack
JP2006244833A (en) * 2005-03-02 2006-09-14 Toyota Motor Corp Lithium secondary battery and manufacturing method of the same
KR100846074B1 (en) * 2005-05-09 2008-07-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Three-Dimensional Electrode Terminal For Pouch-Typed Battery
US20070077496A1 (en) * 2005-10-05 2007-04-05 Medtronic, Inc. Lithium-ion battery
KR100853619B1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2008-08-25 주식회사 엘지화학 Battery Assembly Employed with Separator of Sealed Top Portion and Secondary Battery Comprising the Same
TW200746523A (en) * 2006-01-30 2007-12-16 Tokai Carbon Kk Negative electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery and process for producing the same
JP2007213820A (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-23 Hitachi Vehicle Energy Ltd Secondary battery
JP5061698B2 (en) * 2006-07-19 2012-10-31 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Power storage device
JP4986021B2 (en) * 2006-09-19 2012-07-25 日立マクセルエナジー株式会社 Laminated non-aqueous secondary battery
JP4293247B2 (en) * 2007-02-19 2009-07-08 ソニー株式会社 Multilayer nonaqueous electrolyte battery and manufacturing method thereof
JP2008210720A (en) * 2007-02-27 2008-09-11 Seiko Instruments Inc Flat alkaline primary battery
JP2008210719A (en) * 2007-02-27 2008-09-11 Seiko Instruments Inc Flat alkaline primary battery
US20080241664A1 (en) 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Nanjundaswamy Kirakodu S Battery Electrodes and Batteries Including Such Electrodes
WO2008127829A2 (en) * 2007-04-15 2008-10-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Separator for an electrochemical cell
KR20080093242A (en) * 2007-04-16 2008-10-21 엘에스엠트론 주식회사 Anode material for secondary battery and method for preparing thereof and secondary battery containing the same for anode
KR101137975B1 (en) * 2007-05-10 2012-04-20 히다치 막셀 에너지 가부시키가이샤 Method for production of electrochemical element
KR100855802B1 (en) * 2007-05-16 2008-09-01 엘에스엠트론 주식회사 Anode material of secondary battery and secondary battery using the same
US20080283517A1 (en) * 2007-05-17 2008-11-20 Myoung Jun Lee Magnetic field-blocking panel heater
KR101147255B1 (en) * 2007-06-04 2012-05-18 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 A Stacking Method of High Power Lithium Battery
EP2210299B1 (en) * 2007-09-19 2016-11-09 Audi AG High thermal conductivity electrode substrate
AT505863B1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2012-12-15 Univ Graz Tech IN SITU PRESSURE MEASUREMENT FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL SYSTEMS
US8187752B2 (en) * 2008-04-16 2012-05-29 Envia Systems, Inc. High energy lithium ion secondary batteries
US8142928B2 (en) * 2008-06-04 2012-03-27 Basvah Llc Systems and methods for rechargeable battery collector tab configurations and foil thickness
KR102170047B1 (en) 2008-08-05 2020-10-27 시온 파워 코퍼레이션 Application of force in electrochemical cells
US8334063B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2012-12-18 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Secondary battery
JP5343083B2 (en) 2008-10-15 2013-11-13 株式会社キャタラー Carbon material and storage element
JP5392813B2 (en) * 2008-10-31 2014-01-22 日産自動車株式会社 Lithium-ion battery and its usage
KR101059891B1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2011-08-29 킴스테크날리지 주식회사 High power electrical energy storage device having a unit cell and the unit cell
KR101036062B1 (en) 2008-12-11 2011-05-19 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Secondary battery
DE102009010146A1 (en) * 2009-02-23 2010-08-26 Li-Tec Battery Gmbh Galvanic cell with multi-part housing
JP2010205479A (en) * 2009-03-02 2010-09-16 Toyota Motor Corp All-solid battery employing power compact
CN102449824B (en) * 2009-03-30 2015-06-10 新日铁住金株式会社 Mixed carbon material and negative electrode for nonaqueous secondary battery
US10056644B2 (en) * 2009-07-24 2018-08-21 Zenlabs Energy, Inc. Lithium ion batteries with long cycling performance
JP5234817B2 (en) * 2009-09-17 2013-07-10 日立マクセル株式会社 Battery separator and lithium secondary battery
JP5234662B2 (en) * 2009-09-17 2013-07-10 日立マクセル株式会社 Battery separator and lithium secondary battery
US8947023B2 (en) * 2009-10-14 2015-02-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Battery control device and motor drive system
US8993177B2 (en) * 2009-12-04 2015-03-31 Envia Systems, Inc. Lithium ion battery with high voltage electrolytes and additives
WO2011077564A1 (en) 2009-12-25 2011-06-30 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Process for production of lithium ion secondary battery
US9209458B2 (en) 2010-02-10 2015-12-08 Alevo Research Ag Rechargeable electrochemical battery cell
EP2360772A1 (en) 2010-02-12 2011-08-24 Fortu Intellectual Property AG Rechargeable and electrochemical cell
WO2011102054A1 (en) 2010-02-18 2011-08-25 株式会社 村田製作所 Electrode active material for all-solid state rechargeable battery and all-solid state rechargeable battery
US8765306B2 (en) * 2010-03-26 2014-07-01 Envia Systems, Inc. High voltage battery formation protocols and control of charging and discharging for desirable long term cycling performance
US8771866B2 (en) * 2010-03-30 2014-07-08 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Pouch type secondary battery and the fabrication method thereof
KR101117624B1 (en) * 2010-05-07 2012-02-29 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Negative active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing same, and rechargeable lithium battery
US9083062B2 (en) 2010-08-02 2015-07-14 Envia Systems, Inc. Battery packs for vehicles and high capacity pouch secondary batteries for incorporation into compact battery packs
US9166222B2 (en) 2010-11-02 2015-10-20 Envia Systems, Inc. Lithium ion batteries with supplemental lithium
DE102011015829A1 (en) * 2011-04-01 2012-10-04 Li-Tec Battery Gmbh Electrochemical energy storage cell with current interruption device
WO2012157590A1 (en) * 2011-05-13 2012-11-22 三菱化学株式会社 Carbon material for non-aqueous secondary battery, anode using said carbon material, and non-aqueous secondary battery
KR101272081B1 (en) * 2011-06-09 2013-06-07 한국과학기술연구원 Electrode Coated with Metal Doped Carbon Film
US9548492B2 (en) 2011-06-17 2017-01-17 Sion Power Corporation Plating technique for electrode
CZ2011405A3 (en) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-09 He3Da S.R.O. Lithium cell battery
US9159990B2 (en) 2011-08-19 2015-10-13 Envia Systems, Inc. High capacity lithium ion battery formation protocol and corresponding batteries
WO2013057765A1 (en) * 2011-10-20 2013-04-25 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Apparatus and method for controlling lithium ion secondary battery
US10446828B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2019-10-15 Blackberry Limited Recessed tab for higher energy density and thinner batteries
US9142840B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2015-09-22 Blackberry Limited Method of reducing tabbing volume required for external connections
CN102496750B (en) * 2011-12-20 2014-10-08 华为技术有限公司 Battery
CN103283067B (en) * 2011-12-27 2016-04-06 日立麦克赛尔株式会社 Non-aqueous secondary batteries
WO2013137285A1 (en) * 2012-03-15 2013-09-19 三洋電機株式会社 Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JP5710533B2 (en) * 2012-03-26 2015-04-30 株式会社東芝 Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, electrode for battery, and battery pack
US9780358B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2017-10-03 Zenlabs Energy, Inc. Battery designs with high capacity anode materials and cathode materials
US10553871B2 (en) 2012-05-04 2020-02-04 Zenlabs Energy, Inc. Battery cell engineering and design to reach high energy
EP2772978B1 (en) 2012-05-23 2018-12-26 LG Chem, Ltd. Electrode assembly and electrochemical device comprising same
FR2993945B1 (en) * 2012-07-24 2014-08-29 Dcns SYSTEM FOR FIXING A HEAT CELL IN A SUBMARINE ENGINE FEEDING SECTION
JP6114515B2 (en) 2012-08-09 2017-04-12 三洋電機株式会社 Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof
JP6097030B2 (en) * 2012-08-09 2017-03-15 三洋電機株式会社 Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof
JP6037713B2 (en) 2012-08-09 2016-12-07 三洋電機株式会社 Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JP6105226B2 (en) * 2012-08-09 2017-03-29 三洋電機株式会社 Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JP2014060072A (en) * 2012-09-18 2014-04-03 Toyota Industries Corp Method for manufacturing electrode
CN104704671A (en) * 2012-09-28 2015-06-10 大金工业株式会社 Electrolyte solution, electrochemical device, lithium battery, and module
WO2014050873A1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 ダイキン工業株式会社 Electrolyte solution, electrochemical device, lithium battery, and module
CN104854751A (en) * 2012-12-28 2015-08-19 日产自动车株式会社 Electric device, and apparatus and method for bonding separator of electric device
US10103373B2 (en) * 2013-01-23 2018-10-16 South China University Of Technology Diaphragm paper, and preparation method and application thereof
TWI520404B (en) * 2013-02-15 2016-02-01 Lg化學股份有限公司 Electrode assembly and polymer secondary battery cell including the same
US9620782B2 (en) 2013-03-26 2017-04-11 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery
EP2827436B1 (en) * 2013-07-17 2017-05-31 Sony Corporation Electronic device and methods therein
WO2015024004A1 (en) 2013-08-16 2015-02-19 Envia Systems, Inc. Lithium ion batteries with high capacity anode active material and good cycling for consumer electronics
EP3065736B1 (en) 2013-11-04 2018-11-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glucagon receptor antagonist compounds, compositions thereof, and methods of use
US20170047581A1 (en) * 2014-02-11 2017-02-16 Batelle Memorial Institute Additives to enhance electrode wetting and performance and methods of making electrodes comprising the same
JP2015154003A (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-08-24 住友電気工業株式会社 Power storage device and charge discharge system
US20160233502A1 (en) * 2014-02-27 2016-08-11 Nokomis, Inc. Lithium ion Battery Cell With Single Crystal Li+- Intercalated Titanium Dioxide As An Anode Material
JP6003929B2 (en) 2014-03-06 2016-10-05 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JP2015219971A (en) * 2014-05-14 2015-12-07 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Method for manufacturing secondary cell
JP6686286B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2020-04-22 三洋電機株式会社 Prismatic secondary battery and assembled battery using the same
JP6847357B2 (en) * 2015-07-01 2021-03-24 株式会社エンビジョンAescジャパン Method for manufacturing lithium-ion secondary battery and method for evaluating lithium-ion secondary battery
CN105762405A (en) * 2016-05-20 2016-07-13 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 Battery cell and forming method thereof
JP6944773B2 (en) * 2016-09-26 2021-10-06 日産自動車株式会社 Negative electrode for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JP7113248B2 (en) * 2017-03-22 2022-08-05 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Negative electrode for secondary battery, manufacturing method thereof, and secondary battery
WO2018180829A1 (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-04 株式会社Gsユアサ Power storage element
JP7210475B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2023-01-23 シオン・パワー・コーポレーション Electrochemical cell passivator
US10868306B2 (en) 2017-05-19 2020-12-15 Sion Power Corporation Passivating agents for electrochemical cells
EP3664205A4 (en) * 2017-07-31 2020-08-19 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Power supply system and control method therefor
US11094925B2 (en) 2017-12-22 2021-08-17 Zenlabs Energy, Inc. Electrodes with silicon oxide active materials for lithium ion cells achieving high capacity, high energy density and long cycle life performance
JP6496435B1 (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-04-03 日本碍子株式会社 Lithium secondary battery and battery card
CN110660994B (en) 2018-06-29 2021-05-07 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 Negative pole piece, preparation method thereof and electrochemical device
CN110660955B (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-11-23 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 Negative pole piece, preparation method thereof and electrochemical device
KR20200134688A (en) * 2019-05-23 2020-12-02 현대자동차주식회사 High energy density all-solid state battery and process for preparing thereof
EP4062484A1 (en) 2019-11-19 2022-09-28 Sion Power Corporation Batteries, and associated systems and methods
US11791511B2 (en) 2019-11-19 2023-10-17 Sion Power Corporation Thermally insulating compressible components for battery packs
RU2718955C1 (en) * 2019-12-17 2020-04-15 Акционерное общество "Литий-Элемент" Method of producing a workpiece of a positive electrode of prismatic chemical current sources
WO2021183858A1 (en) 2020-03-13 2021-09-16 Sion Power Corporation Application of pressure to electrochemical devices including deformable solids, and related systems
CN112103566A (en) * 2020-10-20 2020-12-18 天津市捷威动力工业有限公司 Method for manufacturing lithium ion battery by using gel diaphragm
DE102021200558A1 (en) 2021-01-21 2022-07-21 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft pouch case
TW202320379A (en) * 2021-07-15 2023-05-16 美商易諾維公司 Electrode assembly, sealed secondary battery cell, battery pack and methods
WO2023082039A1 (en) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 Negative electrode sheet, secondary battery, battery module, battery pack, and electric device

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3920477A (en) * 1974-05-01 1975-11-18 Du Pont Compact battery
US5344724A (en) * 1992-04-10 1994-09-06 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary cell
US5451477A (en) * 1993-06-03 1995-09-19 Sony Corporation Non-aqueous liquid electrolyte secondary battery
US5569520A (en) * 1994-01-12 1996-10-29 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Rechargeable lithium battery for use in applications requiring a low to high power output
US5636437A (en) * 1995-05-12 1997-06-10 Regents Of The University Of California Fabricating solid carbon porous electrodes from powders
US5856043A (en) * 1996-06-12 1999-01-05 Nikkiso Company Ltd. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery
US5919589A (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-07-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Rechargeable battery
US5951959A (en) * 1995-05-11 1999-09-14 Petoca, Ltd. Mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber for use in negative electrode of secondary battery and process for producing the same
US6040078A (en) * 1997-03-06 2000-03-21 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Free form battery apparatus
US6048645A (en) * 1997-08-21 2000-04-11 Valence Technology, Inc. Method of preparing lithium ion electrochemical cells
US6087036A (en) * 1997-07-25 2000-07-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Thermal management system and method for a solid-state energy storing device
US6139989A (en) * 1995-02-21 2000-10-31 Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd. Cathode formed of graphite/carbon composite for lithium ion secondary battery
US6156459A (en) * 1997-04-17 2000-12-05 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Nonaqueous-electrolytic solution secondary battery
US6664006B1 (en) * 1999-09-02 2003-12-16 Lithium Power Technologies, Inc. All-solid-state electrochemical device and method of manufacturing

Family Cites Families (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR1224366A (en) * 1960-08-09 1960-06-23 Foundry Equipment Ltd Improvements to feeders for foundry molding machines
US4229687A (en) * 1979-05-07 1980-10-21 Utah Research & Development Corporation Temperature maintained battery system
US4346336A (en) * 1980-11-17 1982-08-24 Frezzolini Electronics, Inc. Battery control system
US4385269A (en) * 1981-01-09 1983-05-24 Redifon Telecommunications Limited Battery charger
JPS57208079A (en) 1981-06-18 1982-12-21 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Rechargeable lithium cell
JPS6044964A (en) * 1983-08-19 1985-03-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of flat type battery
JPS6145571A (en) 1984-08-09 1986-03-05 Yuasa Battery Co Ltd Method of cooling storage battery
US4650730A (en) * 1985-05-16 1987-03-17 W. R. Grace & Co. Battery separator
JPH0681427B2 (en) * 1986-02-20 1994-10-12 松下電工株式会社 Charger control circuit
JP2556840B2 (en) 1986-03-27 1996-11-27 シャープ株式会社 Negative electrode for non-aqueous lithium secondary battery
JP2656003B2 (en) 1986-05-30 1997-09-24 シャープ株式会社 Non-aqueous secondary battery
JPS63202853A (en) 1987-02-17 1988-08-22 Fuji Elelctrochem Co Ltd Battery
JPH0756805B2 (en) 1987-02-18 1995-06-14 松下電器産業株式会社 Non-aqueous electrolyte battery
JPH02220370A (en) 1989-02-21 1990-09-03 Shin Kobe Electric Mach Co Ltd Flat polymer battery
JP2516274B2 (en) 1990-07-27 1996-07-24 株式会社日立製作所 Fuel cell power plant
US5391974A (en) * 1990-10-15 1995-02-21 Toshiba Battery Co., Ltd. Secondary battery charging circuit
US5514945A (en) * 1990-12-21 1996-05-07 Dallas Semiconductor Corporation Battery charging systems
JP2643035B2 (en) 1991-06-17 1997-08-20 シャープ株式会社 Carbon negative electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery and method for producing the same
JPH0574442A (en) * 1991-09-13 1993-03-26 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Battery separator
JPH05159757A (en) 1991-12-06 1993-06-25 Yuasa Corp Thin type battery
AU668704B2 (en) 1991-12-20 1996-05-16 Celgard Llc Multi-ply battery separator and process of forming
JPH05283105A (en) 1992-04-01 1993-10-29 Ricoh Co Ltd Thin-type, large-area secondary battery unit
JPH05335005A (en) * 1992-06-02 1993-12-17 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd Separator
JPH0620662A (en) 1992-06-30 1994-01-28 Yuasa Corp Thin type battery
JPH0636801A (en) * 1992-07-13 1994-02-10 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Rectangular shape nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JPH06203813A (en) 1993-01-06 1994-07-22 Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
JPH06234181A (en) * 1993-02-10 1994-08-23 Mitsubishi Kasei Corp Polyolefin porous laminated body
DE4309070A1 (en) * 1993-03-20 1994-09-22 Licentia Gmbh High-temperature battery
JP3236400B2 (en) * 1993-04-07 2001-12-10 旭化成株式会社 Non-aqueous secondary battery
JPH06310176A (en) 1993-04-26 1994-11-04 Shin Kobe Electric Mach Co Ltd Negative electrode absorbing type sealed lead-acid battery
JP3040041B2 (en) * 1993-04-26 2000-05-08 日東電工株式会社 Alkaline secondary battery and method of manufacturing the same
JPH0757788A (en) 1993-08-12 1995-03-03 Yuasa Corp Cell and cell-laminated battery
JPH07134987A (en) 1993-11-11 1995-05-23 Ricoh Co Ltd Positive electrode member for secondary battery and secondary battery using the member
US5492781A (en) * 1994-01-18 1996-02-20 Pall Corporation Battery separators
JP3297772B2 (en) * 1994-02-14 2002-07-02 ソニー株式会社 Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and power supply
DE4408740C1 (en) * 1994-03-15 1995-07-20 Sonnenschein Accumulatoren Circuit arrangement for checking a multi-cell battery
EP0675555B1 (en) * 1994-04-01 1999-07-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Negative electrode for use in lithium secondary battery and process for producing the same
JP3015667B2 (en) * 1994-05-31 2000-03-06 三洋電機株式会社 Sealed prismatic batteries
JP3614890B2 (en) 1994-07-29 2005-01-26 日本電池株式会社 Charge control method for sealed lead-acid batteries
JP3460742B2 (en) * 1994-08-04 2003-10-27 三菱化学株式会社 Method for producing electrode material for non-aqueous solvent secondary battery
JP3302200B2 (en) 1994-11-07 2002-07-15 東芝電池株式会社 Sealed rectangular non-aqueous electrolyte battery
JP3414004B2 (en) 1994-11-22 2003-06-09 日産自動車株式会社 Electric vehicle battery temperature controller
JPH08182212A (en) 1994-12-26 1996-07-12 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Pack battery charging control circuit
JPH08255630A (en) 1995-03-16 1996-10-01 Toshiba Battery Co Ltd Lithium secondary battery
JP3262704B2 (en) * 1995-04-24 2002-03-04 シャープ株式会社 Carbon electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery, method for producing the same, and non-aqueous secondary battery using the same
JPH08293325A (en) 1995-04-24 1996-11-05 Sony Corp Lithium ion secondary battery
JP3473193B2 (en) 1995-07-13 2003-12-02 日産自動車株式会社 Battery charging control device
JPH0992284A (en) * 1995-09-26 1997-04-04 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Graphite material for secondary battery electrode, its manufacture, and secondary battery
US5631537A (en) * 1995-10-17 1997-05-20 Benchmarq Microelectronics Battery charge management/protection apparatus
CN1091072C (en) * 1995-11-14 2002-09-18 大阪瓦斯株式会社 Cathode material for lithium secondary battery, process for manufacturing the same, and secondary battery using the same
JPH09161763A (en) 1995-12-13 1997-06-20 Sony Corp Lithium ion secondary battery
JP3553719B2 (en) 1996-01-30 2004-08-11 株式会社リコー Thin lithium battery and method of manufacturing the battery
JPH09219213A (en) 1996-02-09 1997-08-19 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Secondary battery for electric vehicle and temperature rise alleviation device therefor
JPH09230381A (en) * 1996-02-28 1997-09-05 Hitachi Ltd Liquid crystal display device
JPH09283166A (en) * 1996-04-10 1997-10-31 Tanaka Kikinzoku Kogyo Kk Method for fitting voltage measuring output terminal for fuel cell
CA2205767C (en) * 1996-05-23 2001-04-03 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Nonaqueous secondary battery and a method of manufacturing a negative electrode active material
US5922492A (en) * 1996-06-04 1999-07-13 Tonen Chemical Corporation Microporous polyolefin battery separator
JPH1012211A (en) * 1996-06-18 1998-01-16 Tonen Chem Corp Composite film for battery separator
JPH1092476A (en) 1996-09-18 1998-04-10 Hitachi Ltd Lithium secondary battery
US6132900A (en) * 1996-12-25 2000-10-17 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method of production of non-aqueous electrolyte battery and seal plate thereof
JPH10261440A (en) * 1997-03-19 1998-09-29 Hitachi Ltd Lithium secondary battery, and manufacture thereof and battery system thereof
US5902696A (en) * 1997-06-02 1999-05-11 Wilson Greatbatch Ltd. Separator for nonaqueous electrochemical cells
US6099986A (en) * 1997-07-25 2000-08-08 3M Innovative Properties Company In-situ short circuit protection system and method for high-energy electrochemical cells
JP3200572B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2001-08-20 株式会社日立製作所 Lithium secondary battery
JPH1167182A (en) 1997-08-12 1999-03-09 Tounen Tapirusu Kk Separator for alkaline battery and manufacture thereof
US5994878A (en) * 1997-09-30 1999-11-30 Chartec Laboratories A/S Method and apparatus for charging a rechargeable battery
TW480756B (en) * 1998-03-18 2002-03-21 Hitachi Ltd Lithium secondary battery, its electrolyte, and electric apparatus using the same
KR100409210B1 (en) 1998-05-20 2003-12-12 오사까 가스 가부시키가이샤 Nonaqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
US6242129B1 (en) * 1999-04-02 2001-06-05 Excellatron Solid State, Llc Thin lithium film battery
US6730439B2 (en) 2000-08-01 2004-05-04 Tonen Tapyrus Co., Ltd. Heat-resistant separator

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3920477A (en) * 1974-05-01 1975-11-18 Du Pont Compact battery
US5344724A (en) * 1992-04-10 1994-09-06 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary cell
US5451477A (en) * 1993-06-03 1995-09-19 Sony Corporation Non-aqueous liquid electrolyte secondary battery
US5569520A (en) * 1994-01-12 1996-10-29 Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. Rechargeable lithium battery for use in applications requiring a low to high power output
US6139989A (en) * 1995-02-21 2000-10-31 Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd. Cathode formed of graphite/carbon composite for lithium ion secondary battery
US5951959A (en) * 1995-05-11 1999-09-14 Petoca, Ltd. Mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber for use in negative electrode of secondary battery and process for producing the same
US5636437A (en) * 1995-05-12 1997-06-10 Regents Of The University Of California Fabricating solid carbon porous electrodes from powders
US5919589A (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-07-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Rechargeable battery
US5856043A (en) * 1996-06-12 1999-01-05 Nikkiso Company Ltd. Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery
US6040078A (en) * 1997-03-06 2000-03-21 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Free form battery apparatus
US6156459A (en) * 1997-04-17 2000-12-05 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Nonaqueous-electrolytic solution secondary battery
US6087036A (en) * 1997-07-25 2000-07-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Thermal management system and method for a solid-state energy storing device
US6048645A (en) * 1997-08-21 2000-04-11 Valence Technology, Inc. Method of preparing lithium ion electrochemical cells
US6664006B1 (en) * 1999-09-02 2003-12-16 Lithium Power Technologies, Inc. All-solid-state electrochemical device and method of manufacturing

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050233213A1 (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-10-20 Lee Sang-Min Negative active material for a rechargeable lithium battery, a method of preparing the same, and a rechargeable lithium battery comprising the same
US9012082B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2015-04-21 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Negative active material for a rechargeable lithium battery, a method of preparing the same, and a rechargeable lithium battery comprising the same
US8709653B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2014-04-29 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Negative active material for a rechargeable lithium battery, a method of preparing the same, and a rechargeable lithium battery comprising the same
US20060222955A1 (en) * 2005-04-04 2006-10-05 Kenichi Ogawa Battery
US9985262B2 (en) 2005-04-04 2018-05-29 Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Battery
US20070243469A1 (en) * 2006-04-17 2007-10-18 Gue-Sung Kim Anode active material and method of preparing the same
US8906557B2 (en) 2006-04-17 2014-12-09 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Anode active material and method of preparing the same
US8870976B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2014-10-28 Seiko Epson Corporation Method for manufacturing a secondary battery
US20080052900A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Seiko Epson Corporation Method for manufacturing a secondary battery
US8048339B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2011-11-01 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Porous anode active material, method of preparing the same, and anode and lithium battery employing the same
US8562869B2 (en) 2006-12-19 2013-10-22 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Porous anode active material, method of preparing the same, and anode and lithium battery employing the same
US20100028769A1 (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 Nec Tokin Corporation Stacked secondary battery
US8450007B2 (en) * 2008-07-30 2013-05-28 Nec Energy Devices, Ltd. Stacked secondary battery
US9065147B2 (en) * 2009-04-17 2015-06-23 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Battery system, vehicle, and battery-mounting device
US20120032644A1 (en) * 2009-04-17 2012-02-09 Hideki Hagiwara Battery system, vehicle, and battery-mounting device
US9527807B2 (en) 2011-04-05 2016-12-27 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Sulfonamide derivative and use thereof
US20130055553A1 (en) * 2011-09-05 2013-03-07 O2Micro Inc. Systems and methods for grouping batteries

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP4854112B2 (en) 2012-01-18
US20060251955A1 (en) 2006-11-09
US8110303B2 (en) 2012-02-07
EP1083618A1 (en) 2001-03-14
AU3850199A (en) 1999-12-06
KR100409210B1 (en) 2003-12-12
US20060281004A1 (en) 2006-12-14
EP1083618A4 (en) 2006-09-27
JP2009009947A (en) 2009-01-15
US6902847B1 (en) 2005-06-07
KR20010043713A (en) 2001-05-25
US7642001B2 (en) 2010-01-05
US6951699B2 (en) 2005-10-04
CA2332452C (en) 2009-09-08
US20040048152A1 (en) 2004-03-11
WO1999060652A1 (en) 1999-11-25
CA2332452A1 (en) 1999-11-25
EP1083618B1 (en) 2013-04-03
JP4990241B2 (en) 2012-08-01
US20050233204A1 (en) 2005-10-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7642001B2 (en) Non-aqueous secondary battery and its control method
US9252411B2 (en) Multifunction battery separator
EP2017911B1 (en) Electric Storage Device
EP1716610B1 (en) Lithium secondary cell with high charge and discharge rate capability
US20100221595A1 (en) Method of Manufacturing Power Storage Device
EP2575201A1 (en) Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery comprising lithium vanadium phosphate and lithium nickel composite oxide as positive electrode active material
US10461314B2 (en) Nonaqueous electrolyte battery and battery pack
KR19990077689A (en) Non-aqueous Electrolyte Secondary Battery
JP2010161249A (en) Lithium ion capacitor
JP2012156405A (en) Electricity storage device
JPH11120990A (en) Lithium secondary battery
US20220085351A1 (en) Method for Manufacturing Secondary Battery with Improved Resistance
CA2531776A1 (en) Nonaqueous secondary cell and method for controlling the same
KR101704759B1 (en) Stack/folding-typed electrode assembly and electrochemical device including the same
US20220302442A1 (en) Method for Manufacturing Electrode on Which Resistance Layer is Formed
KR20230069974A (en) Lithium-ion cells with high specific energy density
JP2000182656A (en) Lithium secondary battery
JP2005327516A (en) Charging method of nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery
US20230163366A1 (en) Electrode assembly and secondary battery including the same
KR20230087039A (en) Lithium secondary battery
KR20220017058A (en) Pouch type secondary battery and method of making the same
CN116805666A (en) Electrode plate, electrode assembly including the same, and secondary battery

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION